{"title":"Foodie Finds Under £20","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDiscover delicious little gifts from independent food makers, carefully curated by Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry. From chilli oils and clever condiments to chocolate, savoury treats and pantry favourites, there's plenty to surprise the food lovers in your life.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfect for Christmas stocking fillers, Secret Santa, thoughtful thank-yous and those little \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003esaw this and thought of you\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e moments.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGood taste doesn't have to come with a big price tag.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cool-chile-birria-seasoning","title":"Cool Chile Co Birria Recipe Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, slow-cooked flavour without the fuss, the Cool Chile Co Birria Recipe Kit brings authentic Mexican comfort food straight to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, deeply spiced and full of character, birria is a traditional slow-cooked stew from Jalisco, known for its vibrant red broth and tender, fall-apart meat. This small-batch kit includes everything you need to recreate it at home using real Mexican chillies and carefully balanced spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s a bit of cooking involved, but no guesswork - just follow the recipe and let time do the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for taco nights, weekend cooking or feeding a crowd, it delivers proper, slow-cooked flavour that’s worth the wait.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple for when you want something special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Jaliscan birria made with real Mexican chillies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch spice blends from Cool Chile Co\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything included - just add meat and a few fresh ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep, rich flavour perfect for tacos or hearty stews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for weekend cooking and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA great way to cook a classic Mexican dish at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarinate beef, lamb or goat with the chillies and spice blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow cook until tender and falling apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe as tacos, quesabirria or a rich stew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDip tortillas into the broth and griddle for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e42g Chile Guajillo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10g Chile Ancho\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × Chile Chipotle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 × Chile de Arbol\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12g Birria Spice Mix (sea salt, black pepper, cinnamon, cumin, Mexican oregano, clove)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2g Mexican oregano\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × Printed recipe sheet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e72g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 4–6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat You’ll Need\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 – 1.2kg beef (chuck, brisket or cheeks – lamb or goat also work)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 marrow or shin bone or oxtail\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 tbsp cider vinegar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 cloves garlic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e½ onion\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 tomato\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlender, sieve and roasting pan with lid (or foil)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is birria?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA traditional Mexican stew from Jalisco made with chillies, spices and slow-cooked meat in a rich, flavourful broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium heat - warm, smoky and balanced rather than overly hot. You can adjust the spice level to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is quesabirria?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crispy, cheese-filled taco made with birria meat, dipped in the cooking broth before griddling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep sealed in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eMade in a factory that handles peanuts, sesame, nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co is the UK’s leading importer of authentic Mexican ingredients, working directly with producers to bring real flavours from Mexico to British kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir range focuses on quality, tradition and proper flavour - making it easier to cook genuine Mexican food at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"region\" data-region-id=\"6982d5f67054a3012db88a2d\"\u003e\n\u003csection data-test=\"page-section\" data-section-theme=\"white-bold\" class=\"page-section \n    \n      layout-engine-section\n    \n    background-width--full-bleed\n    \n      \n      \n    \n    \n      content-width--wide\n    \n    horizontal-alignment--center\n    vertical-alignment--middle\n    \n      \n    \n    \n    white-bold\" data-section-id=\"6982d5f67054a3012db88a30\" data-controller=\"SectionWrapperController\" data-current-styles='{\n\"imageOverlayOpacity\": 0.15,\n\"backgroundWidth\": \"background-width--full-bleed\",\n\"sectionHeight\": \"section-height--custom\",\n\"customSectionHeight\": 30,\n\"horizontalAlignment\": \"horizontal-alignment--center\",\n\"verticalAlignment\": \"vertical-alignment--middle\",\n\"contentWidth\": \"content-width--wide\",\n\"customContentWidth\": 50,\n\"sectionTheme\": \"white-bold\",\n\"sectionAnimation\": \"none\",\n\"backgroundMode\": \"image\"\n}' data-current-context='{\n\"video\": {\n\"filterStrength\": 0,\n\"zoom\": 0,\n\"videoSourceProvider\": \"none\"\n},\n\"backgroundImageId\": null,\n\"backgroundMediaEffect\": null,\n\"divider\": null,\n\"typeName\": \"products\"\n}' data-animation=\"none\" data-sqsp-section=\"classic-editor\" data-controllers-bound=\"SectionWrapperController\" data-active=\"true\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-wrapper ProductItem-additional\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sqs-layout sqs-grid-12 columns-12\" data-type=\"page-section\" id=\"page-section-6982d5f67054a3012db88a30\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"row sqs-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col sqs-col-12 span-12\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sqs-block website-component-block sqs-block-website-component sqs-block-html html-block\" data-block-css='[\"https:\/\/definitions.sqspcdn.com\/website-component-definition\/static-assets\/website.components.html\/b46a0771-e4f6-4fb2-bb7a-039ee23cdfdc_465\/website.components.html.styles.css\"]' data-block-scripts='[\"https:\/\/definitions.sqspcdn.com\/website-component-definition\/static-assets\/website.components.html\/b46a0771-e4f6-4fb2-bb7a-039ee23cdfdc_465\/website.components.html.visitor.js\"]' data-block-type=\"1337\" data-definition-name=\"website.components.html\" data-sqsp-block=\"text\" data-website-component-id=\"4eaca02bebc306846fac\" id=\"block-4eaca02bebc306846fac\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sqs-block-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sqs-text-block-container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sqs-html-content\" data-sqsp-text-block-content=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53233367286102,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/cool-chile-birria-kit-peak-and-the-pantry.jpg?v=1776962016"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-mojo-de-ajo","title":"Cool Chile Co Garlic Oil (Mojo de Ajo)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, instant flavour without the effort, Cool Chile Co Mojo de Ajo is a simple way to bring rich, smoky depth to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, garlicky and gently spiced, this traditional Mexican oil is made by slowly cooking garlic with chipotle chillies in a blend of sunflower and extra virgin olive oil. The result is a deeply savoury, aromatic oil that adds warmth and complexity to any dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s no prep required - just spoon, drizzle or stir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for quick midweek meals, easy entertaining or adding a finishing touch to simple ingredients, it’s a kitchen shortcut you’ll use again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple that instantly elevates everything it touches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, slow-cooked garlic with a smoky chipotle warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncredibly versatile - use for cooking or finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with simple, high-quality ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant depth to everyday meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for vegetables, seafood, meats and grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA true Mexican kitchen essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over prawns, grilled fish or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into rice, beans or pasta for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over burrata, tomatoes or warm bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss with greens, mushrooms or roasted potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in marinades for meat, tofu or cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into sauces or salsas for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic (40%), sunflower oil (26%), extra virgin olive oil (12%), chipotle in adobo (chipotle chillies, water, tomato paste, salt, sugar, onion, acetic acid), cider vinegar, sea salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e160g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Mojo de Ajo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA traditional Mexican garlic oil made by slowly cooking garlic with chillies and oil to create a rich, flavour-packed condiment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild to medium - gently warming with smoky chipotle rather than intense heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works both as a cooking oil and a finishing drizzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeafood, grilled meats, roasted vegetables, beans, rice, pasta and bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co is the UK’s leading importer of authentic Mexican ingredients, working directly with producers to bring real flavours from Mexico to British kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir range is built on quality, tradition and proper flavour - making it easier to cook genuine Mexican food at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53236225900886,"sku":null,"price":6.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/mojo-de-ajo-cool-chile.jpg?v=1776968099"},{"product_id":"cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles","title":"Cucumber Dill Pickles – Rodeo Disco Pickles","description":"\u003cp\u003eRodeo Disco Pickles are bold, tangy cucumber dill pickles made in small batches by Goat Rodeo Goods in rural Stirlingshire, Scotland. This is a party-sized jar for proper pickle fans - vinegar-forward, dill-led and packed with crunch, with extra warmth from a generous mix of spices and pink peppercorns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using surplus cucumbers from local farms, these pickles skip unnecessary sweetness and additives in favour of sharp, punchy flavour. At 500ml, it’s a generous jar designed for sharing, snacking, stacking on burgers - or eating straight from the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoat Rodeo Goods was founded by Lucy and Kat, whose backgrounds in fire cooking, food writing and traditional skills shape everything they make. The result is proper pantry food with serious flavour and a sense of fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold, vinegar-forward dill pickles with real crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiced with pink peppercorns for extra character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with surplus local cucumbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo unnecessary sweetness or additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge jar made for sharing and snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to burgers, bagels and sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe alongside cheese boards and charcuterie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into potato salad or slaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEat cold, straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with bread, pickles and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003etinned fish\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers, water, distilled malt vinegar (from barley), sugar, salt, garlic, dill, black peppercorns, mustard seeds, coriander seeds, nigella seeds, pink peppercorns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Barley (gluten), mustard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: Vegan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Recyclable glass jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 500ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do they taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSharp, tangy and dill-forward with a warm, spiced finish from peppercorns and seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect in burgers, sandwiches, cheese boards or eaten straight from the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are they made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches in Stirlingshire, Scotland, using locally sourced surplus cucumbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - vegan, natural and palm-oil free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53237647016278,"sku":null,"price":10.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/bread-butter-pickles-goat-rodeo.webp?v=1776970614"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-better-than-sex-roast-potato-seasoning","title":"Better Than Sex Roast Potato Seasoning Goat Rodeo","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Better Than Sex Roast Potato Seasoning by Goat Rodeo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a bold, savoury seasoning designed specifically for properly good roast potatoes - crisp on the outside, fluffy in the middle and full of flavour. Made with herbs, garlic and black pepper, it brings depth and crunch without overpowering the potato itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreated in small batches in Scotland, it’s an easy way to level up Sunday roasts, midweek trays of potatoes or any dish that benefits from a deeply savoury finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for roast potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBig flavour with simple, familiar ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable results every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic roast potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraybakes with root vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrispy potatoes for sharing plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over wedges or smashed potatoes with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles\"\u003eGoat Rodeo Pickles\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParboil potatoes, drain and shake to rough up the edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScatter seasoning generously and shake again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoast in a preheated tray with hot oil or goose fat at 200°C for 25 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake halfway through, then reduce heat to 180°C and roast for a further 30 minutes until golden and crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSemolina, sea salt, dried parsley, dried oregano, dried chives, garlic powder, onion powder, black pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Contains wheat (gluten).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade In\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUK (Stirlingshire, Scotland)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this only for roast potatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt’s designed for roast potatoes but works brilliantly on wedges, traybakes and other roasted vegetables. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to use a lot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBe generous - it’s made to coat potatoes well and deliver flavour throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with oil or goose fat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it works well with both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53237770584406,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/better-than-sex-roast-potato-seasoning.webp?v=1777997260"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-spicy-disco-mix-chilli-citrus-spice-blend","title":"Goat Rodeo Spicy Disco Mix Chilli \u0026 Citrus Spice Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want bold, expressive flavour without overthinking it, Goat Rodeo Spicy Disco Mix is a vibrant, all-purpose seasoning that works across everything from weeknight dinners to weekend cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlending pink peppercorn, parsley and juniper with citrus notes of dried orange and a gentle heat from aleppo pepper and ancho chilli, this mix delivers a bright, layered flavour with a subtle warmth. It’s aromatic, slightly zesty and just curious enough to keep you coming back for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a dry rub for chicken, fish or steak, or toss it through vegetables before roasting. It pairs particularly well with lemony grains like orzo, adds depth to sauces and soups, and can even be worked into doughs to bring a savoury lift to fresh bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatile, punchy and easy to use, it’s the kind of seasoning that quickly becomes a go-to for adding flavour without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright chilli and citrus spice blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with aleppo pepper, pink peppercorn and dried orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks across meat, fish and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds flavour quickly and easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile enough for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub for chicken, fish or steak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss with vegetables before roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into sauces or soups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over grains or salads and serve with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles\"\u003eGoat Rodeo Pickles\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with oil or lemon juice for a quick marinade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea salt, sugar, aleppo pepper, ancho chilli, dried orange, pink pepper, black pepper, juniper, parsley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a facility that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot provided\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Avoid exposure to direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum 60g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Spicy Disco Mix taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA balanced blend of citrus, gentle heat and aromatic spice with a bright finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a mild to medium heat, with warmth rather than intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt works well on chicken, fish, vegetables, grains, sauces and even bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, mix it with oil or lemon juice for a simple marinade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53238017818966,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/spicy-disco-mix-goat-rodeo.webp?v=1776971973"},{"product_id":"perello-extra-virgin-olive-oil","title":"Perello Extra Virgin Olive Oil","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want everyday ingredients done properly, Perelló Extra Virgin Olive Oil is a simple upgrade that makes everything taste better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Navarra, Spain, this smooth and versatile olive oil is a blend of Arbequina and Empeltre olives, cold-extracted within hours of harvest to preserve freshness and flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight, balanced and gently fruity, it works just as well for cooking as it does for drizzling or dipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo fuss, no overthinking - just a really good olive oil you’ll reach for every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard essential that quietly elevates everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'San Francisco', 'Segoe UI', Roboto, 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, balanced Spanish extra virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from Arbequina and Empeltre olives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold-extracted for freshness and flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for cooking, dressings and finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reliable everyday staple for any kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'San Francisco', 'Segoe UI', Roboto, 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over salads, vegetables or grilled fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for everyday cooking and sautéing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with bread and a pinch of salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into dressings or sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish soups, pasta or roasted dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExtra Virgin Olive Oil (Arbequina \u0026amp; Empeltre varieties)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250ml bottle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Perelló\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerelló is a Spanish pantry brand known for sourcing and producing high-quality ingredients rooted in traditional methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom olives to olive oil, their products are made to bring simple, authentic Mediterranean flavour to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53253525111126,"sku":null,"price":8.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Perello-EVOO-250ml.webp?v=1777996686"},{"product_id":"diced-squid-pepus","title":"Diced Squid Pepus","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Pepus Diced Spuid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePepus Diced Squid is a high-quality Spanish tinned seafood made from tender, carefully prepared squid. Mild in flavour with a soft but satisfying texture, it’s a versatile pantry staple for Mediterranean-style cooking, tapas and easy seafood dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePacked in sunflower oil and ready to use straight from the tin, it’s a simple way to add protein and depth to rice dishes, pasta or salads, with no preparation needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTender, well-prepared diced squid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild, versatile flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reliable Spanish pantry staple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe straight from the tin with olives and a drizzle of olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with pickled vegetables and fresh herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir through paella or Spanish-style rice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon onto garlic toast with parsley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss into a salad with lemon and olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to pasta with chilli and white wine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquid (Dosidicus spp), sunflower oil, salt, stabiliser (E452)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Pepus Diced Squid special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePepus selects high-quality squid and prepares it carefully to retain a tender texture and clean flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat it straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it’s fully cooked and ready to eat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore unopened in a cool, dry place. Once opened, transfer to a sealed container, refrigerate, and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more Pepus tinned fish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScallops In Galician Sauce - Pepus\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pepus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53269717778774,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Pepus-Diced-Squid-peak-and-the-pantry.webp?v=1777996351"},{"product_id":"boneless-sardines-in-extra-virgin-olive-oil-berthe","title":"Boneless Sardines in Extra Virgin Olive Oil Berthe","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Berthe Boneless Sardines in Extra Virgin Olive Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoneless Portuguese sardines packed in high-quality extra virgin olive oil - simple, clean, and full of flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tender sardine fillets are sustainably fished and hand-prepared using traditional methods, then gently preserved in olive oil for a rich, savoury finish. No bones, no fuss - just beautifully made tinned fish that’s easy to enjoy any day of the week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcellent stirred through pasta, piled onto toast, added to salads, or enjoyed straight from the tin with lemon and fresh herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in Portugal by one of the oldest operational canneries in the world, using time-honoured techniques passed down through generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoneless Portuguese sardine fillets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked in extra virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably fished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional, small-batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for pasta, toast, salads, or snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat. Try: On toast with lemon and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed through warm pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStirred into salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith a spoon of lemony pesto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to a conservas or grazing board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSardines (fish), extra virgin olive oil, olives, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these sardines special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re boneless, tender, and made using traditional methods by a Portuguese cannery with over 170 years of history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - just open and enjoy. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I use them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect with pasta, salads, or served simply on toast with lemon and herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the brand sustainable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Berthe is committed to sustainable fishing and traditional canning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are they made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Portugal, by one of the oldest canneries in the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Berthe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBerthe is a heritage Portuguese tinned fish brand producing premium sardines, tuna, and mackerel using traditional artisanal techniques. The cannery behind Berthe was founded in 1853, with the Berthe brand launched in 1906, and continues to champion sustainable fishing, simple ingredients, and careful hand preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tin reflects generations of craftsmanship and respect for the raw ingredient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Berthe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53269856649558,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/boneless-berthe-sardine-fillets-in-extra-virgin-olive-oil.jpg?v=1777996252"},{"product_id":"mackerel-fillets-in-olive-oil-pinhais","title":"Mackerel Fillets in Olive Oil Pinhais","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Pinhais Mackerel Fillets in Olive Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreshly tinned Portuguese mackerel fillets preserved in olive oil, with a rich, meaty texture and deep savoury flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourced and tinned in Portugal on the day of catch, these mackerel fillets are fully cooked and ready to eat straight from the tin. They’re brilliant on toast with lemon and black pepper, tossed through warm potatoes with capers, or flaked into pasta with garlic and herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable pantry staple for quick lunches, light dinners, and no-fuss meals that still feel considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium Portuguese mackerel fillets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserved in high-quality olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, meaty texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably sourced fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for quick, low-effort meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to eat.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn toast with lemon \u0026amp; black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed with warm potatoes, capers \u0026amp; herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlaked into pasta with garlic \u0026amp; olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed through salads or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered into sandwiches with aioli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServed tapas-style with crusty bread \u0026amp; olives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMackerel fillets (72%), olive oil (27%), salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrigin: Portugal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 125g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat these straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mackerel fillets are fully cooked and ready to eat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these mackerel fillets special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey’re freshly tinned in Portugal on the day of catch and preserved in high-quality olive oil, giving them a rich flavour and meaty texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they sustainably sourced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pinhais works with responsible fisheries and traditional Portuguese canning methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore unopened tins in a cool, dry place. Once opened, transfer any leftovers to a sealed container, refrigerate, and eat within 2 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they good for quick meals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDefinitely. They’re designed for low-effort lunches, light dinners, and pantry-led cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pinhais","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53269930475862,"sku":null,"price":6.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Pinhais_piced_Mackerel_Fillets_in_Olive_Oil.webp?v=1777996058"},{"product_id":"scallops-in-galician-sauce-pepus","title":"Scallops In Galician Sauce  Pepus","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Pepus Scallops In Galician Sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTender scallops from the waters of Galicia, gently preserved in a rich, traditional Galician sauce made with tomato, onion, and white wine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis classic Spanish conserva balances the natural sweetness of scallops with savoury depth and gentle acidity. A true taste of northwest Spain, perfect for effortless tapas or simple, flavour-packed meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy straight from the tin with crusty bread, or fold through pasta, rice, or eggs for an easy upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScallops sourced from Galicia, Spain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional Galician tomato \u0026amp; onion sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, savoury, and gently sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for tapas, pasta, or rice dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat. Try: With crusty bread to soak up the sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServed tapas-style with olives \u0026amp; manchego\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed through linguine with parsley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStirred into saffron rice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiled onto sourdough with aioli \u0026amp; herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolded into an omelette with smoked paprika\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned into roasted mushrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariegated scallop (mollusc), sunflower oil, onion, water, concentrated tomato, salt, white wine, sugar, paprika extract, black pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e120g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Pepus scallops special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re sourced from Galicia, a region famed for exceptional seafood, and preserved in a traditional sauce that enhances their natural sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat them straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fully cooked and ready to enjoy. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I serve them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith bread, pasta, rice, or as part of a Spanish-style tapas spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer to a sealed container, refrigerate, and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pepus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53270548316502,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Pepus-scallops-in-galician-sauce.webp?v=1777996414"},{"product_id":"sardines-in-olive-oil-berthe","title":"Sardines In Olive Oil Berthe","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Berthe Sardines In Olive Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium Portuguese sardines gently preserved in high-quality olive oil for a rich, delicate texture and clean, savoury flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSustainably sourced and tinned using traditional methods, these sardines are hand-prepared to maintain their natural freshness and soft, flaky texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile cupboard staple that works for hosting, staycations, or an easy midweek meal. Delicious straight from the tin or folded into simple dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium Portuguese sardines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserved in high-quality olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably sourced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional canning methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for salads, pasta, toast, or tapas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat. Try: Serve with crusty bread, olives \u0026amp; olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through Mediterranean-style salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlake into spaghetti with garlic, capers \u0026amp; chilli flakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer onto toasted sourdough with roasted peppers \u0026amp; lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into Spanish-style rice with paprika \u0026amp; herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with scrambled eggs \u0026amp; sautéed greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSardines (fish), olive oil, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e125g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrigin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortugal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo find out why sardines are labelled the new superfood \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/blogs\/news\/why-sardines-are-the-new-superfood\"\u003eclick here\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Berthe sardines special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re premium-quality sardines, tinned using traditional methods and packed in high-quality olive oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat them straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fully cooked and ready to eat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dishes pair best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalads, pasta, tapas, sandwiches, or simply with bread and olive oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they sustainably sourced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Berthe is committed to sustainable fishing and eco-friendly production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer to a sealed container, refrigerate, and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Berthe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBerthe is a heritage Portuguese tinned fish brand producing premium sardines, tuna, and mackerel using traditional artisanal techniques. The cannery behind Berthe was founded in 1853, with the Berthe brand launched in 1906, and continues to champion sustainable fishing, simple ingredients, and careful hand preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Sustainable Tinned Fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Berthe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53270765863254,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/berthe-sardines-olive-oil.webp?v=1777995199"},{"product_id":"tuna-fillet-in-olive-oil-berthe","title":"Tuna Fillet In Olive Oil Berthe","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Berthe Tuna Fillet In Olive Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium tuna fillets gently preserved in high-quality olive oil for a rich, delicate texture and clean, savoury flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach tin contains two carefully prepared fillets, sustainably sourced and hand-packed using traditional methods by the Portuguese cannery behind Berthe, established in 1853.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirm yet tender, this is a versatile cupboard staple that works just as well straight from the tin as it does folded into simple dishes. Perfect for hosting, staycations, or an easy midweek meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo premium tuna fillets per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserved in high-quality olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably sourced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional Portuguese canning methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirm, tender texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat. Try: Tossed into a tuna niçoise with olives, green beans \u0026amp; eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed with white beans, red onion \u0026amp; lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStirred through warm pasta with capers \u0026amp; chilli flakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered into sandwiches or baguettes with aioli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServed tapas-style with crusty bread \u0026amp; olives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuna (fish), olive oil, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e120g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree From\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo artificial preservatives, additives, or colourings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Berthe tuna special?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully prepared tuna fillets preserved in olive oil using traditional Portuguese methods by a heritage cannery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat it straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s fully ready to eat. Perfect for For busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dishes work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalads, pasta, sandwiches, grain bowls, or tapas-style plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it responsibly sourced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Berthe is committed to sustainable fishing practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer to a sealed container, refrigerate, and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Berthe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBerthe is a heritage Portuguese tinned fish brand producing premium sardines, tuna, and mackerel using traditional artisanal techniques. The cannery behind Berthe was founded in 1853, with the Berthe brand launched in 1906, and continues to champion sustainable fishing, simple ingredients, and careful hand preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tin reflects generations of craftsmanship and respect for the raw ingredient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eExplore more Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Sustainable Tinned Fish\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Berthe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53270842671446,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/berte-tinned-fish-tuna.webp?v=1777995032"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-harissa-cornish-sardines","title":"Sea Sisters Harissa Cornish Sardines","description":"\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Harissa Sea Sisters Cornish Sardines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eHand-packed Cornish sardines with smoky Tunisian harissa and extra virgin olive oil -a bold little tin made for quick lunches and effortless hosting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin. Perfect with bread or crackers, tossed through pasta, or served as part of a grazing or conservas board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches by Sea Sisters, a Dorset-based craft cannery preserving British seafood in season with low-impact sourcing and flavour-first thinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBritish-caught Cornish sardines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently spiced Tunisian harissa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-packed in extra virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and sustainably made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for quick lunches \u0026amp; easy entertaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat hot or cold. Try:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn crusty bread or crackers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed through warm pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to salads or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServed on a conservas or grazing board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e120g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Charlotte and chef Angus Cowen during lockdown, Sea Sisters began with a simple question: why wasn’t anyone canning British fish in England?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith two young daughters at home and a growing love of tinned fish for easy family meals, they set out to create something better - small-batch British conservas made with clear provenance, low-impact fishing, and maximum flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNow based in Bridport, West Dorset, Sea Sisters is a craft cannery specialising in preserving British fish in season, using traditional methods and carefully chosen ingredients. Every tin is handmade, 100% recyclable, and produced without unnecessary plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir conservas are designed for those simple, golden-hour moments - a slice of toast, a good drink, and something delicious from a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53270926786902,"sku":null,"price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/sea-sisters-sardines-lamiri-harissa-sardines.webp?v=1777994568"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-cockles-with-chilli-garlic","title":"Sea Sisters Cockles with Chilli \u0026 Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Sea Sisters Cockles with Chilli \u0026amp; Garlic - Limited Edition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBriny, buttery, and beautifully British. Sea Sisters Cockles with Chilli \u0026amp; Garlic are hand-gathered from the sandy beds of Penclawdd in Wales, then preserved in fragrant extra virgin olive oil infused with chilli, garlic, and bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a delicately spiced conserva that celebrates the natural sweetness of British shellfish. Spoon straight from the tin, drizzle over toast, or serve on salted crisps with sharp pickles for an easy little bite that tastes like the coast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches by Sea Sisters, a Dorset-based craft cannery preserving British seafood in season, using low-impact sourcing and thoughtful production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-gathered Welsh cockles from Penclawdd\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserved in infused olive oil with chilli, garlic \u0026amp; bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBriny, sweet shellfish with gentle heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and handmade in Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrilliant for snacks, tapas boards, or quick pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat hot or cold. Try:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe on salted crisps with pickles and a drizzle of the infused oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon onto toast or crusty bread with lemon and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir through warm pasta with a splash of the oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a conservas board with olives and something fizzy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCockles (bivalve molluscs) (70%), infused extra virgin olive oil (30%), chilli, garlic, bay, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, see ingredients in bold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains: Molluscs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in a cannery that also handles fish, milk, wheat, and soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note: These cockles may naturally contain traces of their own habitat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAre the cockles sustainably sourced?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they’re hand-gathered from the sandy beds of Penclawdd, an area known for responsible shellfish harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat them straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they’re fully cooked and preserved in olive oil, ready to serve. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the best way to serve them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe love them on salted crisps with pickles and a drizzle of the infused oil. They’re also great stirred into warm pasta or served with crusty bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain shells or grit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re cleaned carefully, but as a natural product they may contain traces of their own habitat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Charlotte and chef Angus Cowen during lockdown, Sea Sisters began with a simple question: why wasn’t anyone canning British fish in England?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith two young daughters at home and a growing love of tinned fish for easy family meals, they set out to create something better - small-batch British conservas made with clear provenance, low-impact fishing, and maximum flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNow based in Bridport, West Dorset, Sea Sisters is a craft cannery specialising in preserving British fish in season, using traditional methods and carefully chosen ingredients. Every tin is handmade, 100% recyclable, and produced without unnecessary plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir conservas are designed for those simple, golden-hour moments - a slice of toast, a good drink, and something delicious from a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271010443606,"sku":null,"price":9.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Sea-Sisters-Welsh_Cockles_with_Chilli_Garlic.webp?v=1777994309"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-cornish-hake-in-seaweed-butter","title":"Sea Sisters Cornish Hake in Seaweed Butter","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Sea Sisters Cornish Hake in Seaweed Butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornish hake, line-caught off the British coast, gently cured and preserved in rich butter infused with dulse seaweed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHake is a succulent, flaky white fish, and here it’s perfectly preserved with silky butter and the subtle saltiness of hand-harvested seaweed. The result is a conserva that feels indulgent, comforting, and beautifully balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest enjoyed warm. Sea Sisters recommend placing the unopened tin into freshly boiled water for a few minutes, then spooning over sourdough toast, new potatoes, or folding through pasta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Sea Sisters conservas are handmade in small batches and lovingly packed in Dorset. The hake is harvested from a certified Cornish fishery, meaning stocks are well managed and responsibly sourced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA modern British conserva designed for easy, low-effort meals that still feel special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine-caught Cornish hake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserved in seaweed-infused butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch, British-made conserva\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep umami flavour without heaviness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat hot or cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for quick lunches or low-effort dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm and spoon over sourdough or new potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlake through pasta or risotto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe on toast with lemon zest or herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a conservas or tapas board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHake fish (70%), butter (milk) (25%), lemon, seaweed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish, Milk\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in a cannery that handles molluscs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutrition (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 1060 kJ \/ 256 kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 22.6 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e– of which saturates: 13.6 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrate: 0.27 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e– of which sugars: 0.26 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 12.8 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 0.21 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the hake sourced from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLine-caught off the Cornish coast, supporting small-scale, low-impact fisheries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the seaweed butter taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilky and rich with gentle savoury, umami depth that enhances the mild, flaky fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - enjoy straight from the tin, hot or cold. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the packaging recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Sea Sisters tins are 100% recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Charlotte and chef Angus Cowen during lockdown, Sea Sisters began with a simple question: why wasn’t anyone canning British fish in England?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith two young daughters at home and a growing love of tinned fish for easy family meals, they set out to create something better - small-batch British conservas made with clear provenance, low-impact fishing, and maximum flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNow based in Bridport, West Dorset, Sea Sisters is a craft cannery specialising in preserving British fish in season, using traditional methods and carefully chosen ingredients. Every tin is handmade, 100% recyclable, and produced without unnecessary plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir conservas are designed for those simple, golden-hour moments - a slice of toast, a good drink, and something delicious from a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271080403286,"sku":null,"price":11.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/sea-sisters-cornish-hake-tin-seaweed.webp?v=1777993731"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-cornish-hake-with-capers-rosemary","title":"Sea Sisters Cornish Hake with Capers \u0026 Rosemary","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Sea Sisters Cornish Hake with Capers \u0026amp; Rosemary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBright, flaky Cornish hake, line-caught off the British coast and hand-packed in extra virgin olive oil with fragrant rosemary and tangy capers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach fillet is gently cured using traditional conservas methods, then infused with aromatic rosemary, mellow garlic, and briny capers - balancing the hake’s light sweetness with herby depth and savoury lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin or folded through warm dishes, this is an easy, elegant way to enjoy British tinned fish. Perfect with warm sourdough, roasted potatoes, or stirred through pasta using the infused oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches by Sea Sisters, a craft cannery based in Bridport, West Dorset, preserving British seafood in season with low-impact sourcing and flavour-first thinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our range of British and European\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003e Tinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine-caught Cornish hake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-packed in extra virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFragrant rosemary, gentle garlic \u0026amp; tangy capers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and handmade in West Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for easy lunches, tapas boards, or simple dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat hot or cold. Try:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith crusty bread or crackers to soak up the infused oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed into warm lentil or bean salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolded through hot pasta with lemon zest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned over crispy roasted potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to conservas or tapas boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHake fish (73%), extra virgin olive oil (27%), rosemary, garlic, capers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains: Fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in a cannery that also handles molluscs and milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutrition (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 1228 kJ \/ 294 kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 27 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e– of which saturates: 20 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrate: 0.2 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e– of which sugars: 0.5 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 13.1 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 1.3 g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the hake sourced from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLine-caught off the Cornish coast, supporting small-scale British fisheries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it taste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild and flaky with gentle herbal warmth from rosemary and a bright, briny lift from capers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat it straight from the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fully cooked and ready to eat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the packaging recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Sea Sisters tins are fully recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Charlotte and chef Angus Cowen during lockdown, Sea Sisters began with a simple question: why wasn’t anyone canning British fish in England?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith two young daughters at home and a growing love of tinned fish for easy family meals, they set out to create something better - small-batch British conservas made with clear provenance, low-impact fishing, and maximum flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNow based in Bridport, West Dorset, Sea Sisters is a craft cannery specialising in preserving British fish in season, using traditional methods and carefully chosen ingredients. Every tin is handmade, 100% recyclable, and produced without unnecessary plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir conservas are designed for those simple, golden-hour moments - a slice of toast, a good drink, and something delicious from a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271185293654,"sku":null,"price":12.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Sea-Sisters-Cornish-Hake-Rosemary-Capers.webp?v=1777993085"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-cornish-sardines-with-rosemary-capers","title":"Sea Sisters Cornish Sardines with Rosemary \u0026 Capers","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Sea Sisters Cornish Sardines with Rosemary \u0026amp; Capers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eCornish sardines in rosemary-infused extra virgin olive oil with capers and garlic from \u003cspan\u003eSea Sisters\u003c\/span\u003e, Britain’s first craft cannery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThis is a tin of plump, line-caught Cornish sardines, sustainably sourced and paired with Mediterranean-inspired rosemary-infused olive oil, capers and garlic. Rich, savoury and beautifully balanced, they’re ready to eat straight from the tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy we like it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSea Sisters set the benchmark for British tinned fish. Thoughtfully sourced, carefully prepared and consistently excellent, this is exactly the kind of well-made pantry staple we look for - simple ingredients, done properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to eat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eServe on toast, with warm potatoes, folded through pasta, or as part of a relaxed sharing board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eTotal weight: 120g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSardines (71%) (\u003cstrong\u003efish\u003c\/strong\u003e), infused extra virgin olive oil (25%), capers, rosemary, garlic, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e(allergens in bold):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the Producer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eSea Sisters is Britain’s first craft cannery, founded by Charlotte and Angus in Bridport, West Dorset. The company was born in 2020 when the couple struggled to find high-quality British tinned fish for their own family. They decided to create their own, naming the business in honour of their two daughters and the importance of sisterhood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eAngus is a chef with a background in some of London’s leading restaurants, and the early recipe development took place in their small family kitchen. Sea Sisters is built around a love of simple, delicious food - perfect for picking, sharing and snacking straight from the tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSustainability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eAll Sea Sisters packaging is plastic-free and 100% recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eTheir sardines are sourced from fisheries using low-impact fishing methods, harvesting mature fish from abundant stocks. They support women fishers, small fisheries and UK aquaculture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eSea Sisters sardines are caught by a small fleet of just 10 boats operating around Cornwall. The fishery is certified by the Marine Conservation Society and uses ring netting - one of the most sustainable fishing methods, with gentle harvesting and very low bycatch (under 2% in 2024).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eCheck out our full range of tinned fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271317021014,"sku":null,"price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Sea-Sisters-Cornish-Sardines-with-Rosemary-Capers_83003f88-c97b-448b-ad04-7930c2546f6e.webp?v=1777992790"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-smoked-rainbow-trout","title":"Sea Sisters Smoked Rainbow Trout","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour, Sea Sisters Smoked Trout in Olive Oil is a simple way to bring beautifully prepared British fish to the table in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilky, savoury and gently oak-smoked, this smoked rainbow trout is preserved in extra virgin olive oil to lock in its delicate texture and rich, mellow flavour. Made in small batches in West Dorset, it’s crafted using high-welfare British trout and traditional methods inspired by classic European conservas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s no prep required - just open the tin and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for quick lunches, easy dinners or relaxed grazing boards, it’s a simple ingredient that instantly elevates everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOak-smoked British rainbow trout with a clean, mellow flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in small batches in West Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably sourced from high-welfare UK farms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh in protein and omega-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat - no prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for toast, eggs, salads or sharing boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over buttered toast with soft eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlake through salads with lemon and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to warm potatoes or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with crackers, pickles and good bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmoked rainbow trout (fish), extra virgin olive oil, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110g tin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the trout sourced from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom responsibly managed UK farms focused on fish welfare and environmental sustainability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the trout smoked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach fillet is gently oak-smoked in small batches to enhance its natural flavour without overpowering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - simply open the tin and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToast, eggs, salads, potatoes, pasta or simple grazing boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Sisters is Britain’s first craft cannery, founded in Bridport, West Dorset by Charlotte and Angus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt on a love of simple, delicious food, the brand focuses on thoughtfully sourced fish, traditional techniques and small-batch production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat started in a home kitchen is now setting the standard for British tinned fish - made for sharing, snacking and everyday eating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271780393302,"sku":null,"price":11.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Sea-Sisters-Oak-Smoked-Rainbow-Trout.webp?v=1777992582"},{"product_id":"sea-sisters-rainbow-trout-with-chilli-oil","title":"Sea Sisters Rainbow Trout with Chilli Oil","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour, Sea Sisters Smoked Rainbow Trout with Chilli Oil is a simple way to bring beautifully prepared British fish to the table in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilky, savoury and gently oak-smoked, this rainbow trout is preserved in extra virgin olive oil infused with chilli for a subtle, warming heat. It’s rich but balanced - the kind of flavour that feels considered without trying too hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in West Dorset using responsibly farmed British trout, it follows the same careful approach as traditional European conservas, with a focus on quality ingredients and simple preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s no prep required - just open the tin and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for quick lunches, easy dinners or relaxed grazing boards, it’s a store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for when you want something good without the effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOak-smoked British rainbow trout with chilli oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilky texture with a gentle, warming heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in small batches in West Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResponsibly sourced from UK farms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh in protein and omega-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat - no prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over toast with soft eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlake through salads with lemon and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to warm rice or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with crackers, pickles and good bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmoked rainbow trout (fish) (68%), Extra virgin olive oil (32%), Chilli, Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110g tin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our range of British and European \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003eTinned Fish \/ Conservas \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the trout sourced from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom responsibly managed UK farms focused on fish welfare and sustainability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it smoked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGently oak-smoked in small batches to enhance the natural flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - just open the tin and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToast, eggs, salads, rice bowls or simple grazing boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sea Sisters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Sisters is Britain’s first craft cannery, founded in Bridport, West Dorset by Charlotte and Angus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt on a love of simple, well-made food, they work with responsibly sourced British fish and traditional methods to create small-batch conservas designed for everyday eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea Sisters","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53271826596182,"sku":null,"price":11.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/sea-sisters-hot-smoked-trout-chilli-oil.webp?v=1777991989"},{"product_id":"hot-chocolate-recipe-kit","title":"Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit | Peak \u0026 The Pantry","description":"\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eFor busy cooks who wants a quick easy hot chocolate with real flavour then you need Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eal flavour then you need Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMake it a proper Hot Chocolate Night with this small-batch recipe kit from Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry.\u003cbr\u003eMade with 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate and a creamy malted blend, it’s rich, velvety and comforting - the kind of hot chocolate that feels like a hug in a mug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMake it a proper Hot Chocolate Night with this rich, velvety kit made from 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate and a creamy malted blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThis is the kind of hot chocolate that feels like a hug in a mug. I’ve sourced the chocolate from a family-run producer in Colombia, where the cacao is grown with care and farmers are paid fairly. The malted milk blend brings a nostalgic, toasty depth – like the hot chocolate you grew up with, only better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eIt’s made for slow evenings, late-night chats, or that moment when only chocolate will do. And the best bit? You can tweak it however you like – thick and spoonable, light and milky, or even turned into a cheat’s chocolate custard to pour over pudding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Made with 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Malted cocoa blend for nostalgic depth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Small-batch and easy to make\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Perfect for cosy nights, gifting or dessert sauces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Includes simple instructions – no faff\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Standard UK delivery £3.50 or FREE over £60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuy Women Built\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry is proud to be part of the Buy Women Built community - championing female founders, small-batch makers and independent British food businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate buttons\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Malted cocoa blend for creamy richness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Simple instructions - just warm, stir and enjoy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Ways to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Classic hot chocolate – velvety and rich\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Spanish-style drinking chocolate – thick and indulgent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Dipping chocolate – for churros or doughnuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Chocolate custard – heat and stir until perfectly thick\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChocolate Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cocoa mass, sugar, cocoa butter, emulsifier (\u003cstrong\u003esoy lecithin\u003c\/strong\u003e), vanilla extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eOrigin: Huila, Colombia. Cocoa solids: minimum 70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMalted Chocolate Mix: \u003c\/strong\u003eCocoa powder, sugar, malted powder (\u003cstrong\u003ebarley\u003c\/strong\u003e), cornflour, cinnamon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e100g total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eContains: soy, barley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMade in a kitchen handling gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, peanuts, soybeans, milk, nuts, celery, molluscs, mustard, sesame, sulphites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain dairy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThe chocolate buttons themselves are dairy-free, but the malted blend contains barley malt. You can still make it dairy-free using plant-based milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the best milk to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eWhole milk gives the creamiest result, but oat, almond or coconut milk work beautifully too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for anything other than hot chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes - it makes a brilliant chocolate sauce or custard. Just keep stirring and let it thicken. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow sweet is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eRich and dark with a subtle malty sweetness. Not too sugary. Add extra sugar if you like it sweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/seasonings-spice-blends\"\u003eExplore the range of Peak and The Pantry Range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291568628054,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/D29CE278-3AC7-4E16-ACCF-93FABF4B13F3.jpg?v=1787038359"},{"product_id":"dark-handsome-dark-chocolate-peanut-butter","title":"Dark \u0026 Handsome Dark Chocolate Peanut Butter with Cacao Nibs","description":"\u003cp\u003eDark \u0026amp; Handsome is a rich dark chocolate peanut butter made with organic cocoa, cacao nibs and hi-oleic peanuts from Nutty Belly Gal. Deep and intense without being overly sweet, this is a grown-up spread with real chocolate flavour and a subtle crunch from cacao nibs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s perfect for dark chocolate lovers who want a peanut butter that’s bold, less sugary, and full of character. Spoon straight from the jar, spread on toast or swirl into your favourite breakfasts and snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep dark chocolate flavour without heavy sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCacao nibs add a gentle crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with quality, simple ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch, flavour-first product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA bold pantry staple for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread on toast, pancakes or crackers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirl into porridge, yoghurt or smoothie bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in baking - brownies, cookies and treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar as a snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTexture: Slight crunch from cacao nibs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoast: Medium - pairs beautifully with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/first-dates-salted-date-peanut-butter\"\u003eFirst Dates Salted Date Peanut Butter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/first-dates-salted-date-peanut-butter\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003eor make the ultimate peanut butter and jelly on toast with Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/british-chuckleberry-jam\"\u003eChuckleberry Jam\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHi-oleic peanuts, organic cocoa, cacao nibs, sugar, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e275g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contains peanuts. May contain other nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Stir before use if natural oil separation occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it very sweet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it focuses on rich dark chocolate flavour rather than sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the texture smooth or crunchy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMostly smooth with a light crunch from cacao nibs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s great in brownies, cookies and chocolate desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutty Gal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292138365270,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-cacoa-peanut-butter-handsom.webp?v=1777215630"},{"product_id":"first-dates-salted-date-peanut-butter","title":"First Dates Salted Date Peanut Butter","description":"\u003cp\u003eFirst Dates is a naturally sweetened peanut butter by female-founded London brand Nutty Belly Gal. Made with hi-oleic peanuts, sayer dates, vanilla and a hint of sea salt, it’s smooth, warm and gently sweet with salted caramel notes - indulgent without refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a flavour-led, small-batch spread that delivers sweetness from dates rather than processed sugar. Balanced and spoonable, it works across breakfast, snacks and baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clever, grown-up pantry staple for quick and easy breakfasts and better snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally sweetened with dates - no refined sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm, salted caramel flavour profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, spoonable texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFemale-founded London producer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch and palm-oil free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlather on toast or crumpets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over porridge or granola\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into smoothies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in baking and energy bites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEat straight from the spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaste profile: Warm, sweet, salted caramel notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTry with Nutty Belly Gal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/dark-handsome-dark-chocolate-peanut-butter\"\u003eDark Chocolate Peanut Butter with Cacao Nibs\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexture: Smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoast: Medium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeanuts (80%), sayer dates, extra virgin coconut oil, sea salt, vanilla extract\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e: Contains peanuts. May contain other nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: Vegan, palm-oil free\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Stir if natural oil separation occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 275g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sweetened with sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - the sweetness comes from dates, not refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it smooth or crunchy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth texture with no nut pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm and gently sweet with salted caramel-style notes with a hint of salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in recipes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works well in smoothies, baking and no-bake snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutty Gal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292262359382,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-First-dates.webp?v=1777217241"},{"product_id":"japanese-style-curry-paste","title":"Japanese Style Curry Paste","description":"\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Emma Basic Japanese Style Curry Paste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThis is your answer to getting home late and still eating properly. A rich, gently spiced Japanese-style curry made with natural ingredients and no additives, designed for quick, low-effort cooking when time is short. Each 200g pack is divided into 8 portions and serves up to 8 people - ideal for midweek dinners, batch cooking, or stocking the pantry for no-stress meals that feel like a treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eReady in around 20 minutes, this curry melts into a smooth, comforting sauce that makes quick dinners feel special. Pair it with rice or udon, or go full fakeaway and turn it into a katsu-style curry using \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/panko-breadcrumbs\"\u003eEmma Basic Panko Breadcrumbs\u003c\/a\u003e for crisp, golden chicken, tofu or veg. Clean-label, vegan, and ambient-stable, it’s a reliable shortcut that doesn’t taste like one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Dinner in around 20 minutes, no prep stress\u003cbr\u003e• Clean-label and additive-free, but still full of flavour\u003cbr\u003e• Perfect for home-late fakeaway nights\u003cbr\u003e• Flexible for rice bowls, udon, or proper katsu curry\u003cbr\u003e• Pantry-stable and easy to keep on hand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Katsu curry night – crumb chicken, tofu or aubergine with Emma Basic panko breadcrumbs\u003cbr\u003e• Quick midweek curry with rice and steamed veg\u003cbr\u003e• Udon noodle bowls for a comforting, slurpable dinner\u003cbr\u003e• Batch cook and freeze for future home-late evenings\u003cbr\u003e• Fakeaway Fridays – all the comfort, less effort\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eRSPO-certified palm oil, chickpea powder, curry powder (turmeric, coriander, cumin, paprika, black pepper, cardamom, cinnamon, fennel, chilli powder, clove, celery seed, fenugreek), coconut milk powder, sugar, salt, tomato powder, yeast extract, garlic powder, onion powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e200g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this curry quick and easy to make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it’s ready in around 20 minutes and designed for low-effort, high-comfort cooking. Just add water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this to make katsu curry at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely. Pair it with crispy chicken, tofu or veg coated in Emma Basic panko breadcrumbs for an easy homemade katsu-style curry. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for a vegan diet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it’s completely vegan, clean-label, and made without additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does one pack serve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 200g pack is divided into 8 portions and serves up to 8 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need refrigeration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - it’s ambient and pantry-stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Emma Basic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292520374614,"sku":null,"price":4.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/emma-basic-curry-cubes_ac48fd4a-6fb3-4b0f-9f64-02bf5c28c039.webp?v=1777980750"},{"product_id":"lamiri-shakshouka-ready-to-use-sauce","title":"Lamiri Shakshouka Ready-to-Use Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, slow-cooked flavour without the prep, Lamiri Shakshouka is an easy shortcut to one of Tunisia’s most iconic dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, gently spiced and deeply comforting, this ready-to-use shakshouka base brings the flavour of generations of Tunisian home cooking straight to your kitchen. Inspired by grandma’s grandma’s recipe, it’s made in Tunisia using 100% natural ingredients including extra-virgin olive oil and Lamiri harissa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat in a pan and add eggs, fish or vegetables - no chopping, no prep, no mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for brunch, dinner or anything in between, it delivers a proper, home-cooked meal in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Tunisian shakshouka recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, slow-cooked tomato and pepper base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo chopping, blending or prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady in 5 minutes, one pan only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Tunisia using Lamiri harissa \u0026amp; extra-virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the shakshouka base in a pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrack in eggs and cook to your liking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOr add white fish for a quick, flavour-packed dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with bread to scoop up every last bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomato, pepper, onion, extra-virgin olive oil, Lamiri harissa, garlic, spices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(100% natural ingredients, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400g tin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor quick and easy brunch dishes try\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/cool-chile-tomatillo-salsa\"\u003e Cool Chile Tomatillo Salsa\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/cool-chile-ranchero-sauce\"\u003eCool C\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehile Ranchero Sauce\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e \u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003efor simple Mexican brunch dishes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is shakshouka?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA traditional North African dish of slow-cooked tomatoes, peppers and spices, typically served with eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you use Lamiri Shakshouka?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat the base in a pan and add eggs, fish or vegetables - ready in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBalanced and gently spiced, with warmth from harissa rather than heavy heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve it with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest with eggs for brunch, or with white fish for a quick, flavourful dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Tunisia using authentic, natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Lamiri\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLamiri is built on recipes passed down through generations - the kind that were never written down, just shared around the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shakshouka is one of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrandma’s grandma’s recipe, now in a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lamiri","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292542198102,"sku":null,"price":5.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/LamiriShakshuka.avif?v=1777220170"},{"product_id":"hot-burnt-chilli-sauce","title":"Hot Burnt Chilli Sauce - Payst | Farang","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Payst Hot Burnt Chilli Sauce .\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePayst Inspired by Thailand Roasted Red Chilli Sauce is a deeply smoky, umami-rich chilli sauce made in London and inspired by Thai flavours. Created by the chefs behind Farang, it delivers bold, savoury heat with gentle sweetness and charred depth - the kind of sauce that instantly upgrades midweek cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong red chillies are roasted over an open flame until caramelised and full of flavour, then blended into a complex, restaurant-quality sauce. Spoonable, versatile and flavour-first, it works stirred through noodles, drizzled over rice, or served as a dipping sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA proper pantry essential for quick and easy meals and flavour-packed cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep, smoky chilli flavour with rich umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium heat that lingers without overpowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThai-inspired, chef-made, London produced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurant-quality flavour at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile, spoonable and easy to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into stir-fries with noodles, vegetables or meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a spoonful to soups and broths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a dipping sauce for dumplings or tofu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarinate meat or seafood before roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over rice bowls and grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with fried chicken and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles\"\u003eGoat Rodeo Disco Pickles\u003c\/a\u003e or build your own fried chicken burger and mix burnt chilli sauce with mayo for a spicy kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoasted red peppers, rapeseed oil, red peppers, sugar, red chilli (12%), water, soya sauce (water, \u003cstrong\u003esoya \u003c\/strong\u003ebeans, salt, spirit vinegar), spirit vinegar, salt, cornflour, smoked water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: Vegan, nut-free\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore ambient in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in: London\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourcing: Sustainably sourced ingredients\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this roasted red chilli sauce different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chillies are flame-roasted until caramelised, giving smoky depth and savoury umami rather than just heat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium heat. Warm and lingering rather than sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a dipping sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s excellent with fried chicken, dumplings, spring rolls and crispy tofu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fully plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it as well as drizzle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works in marinades, stir-fries, soups and broths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Payst","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53293120913750,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/paystchillisauce.jpg?v=1777978543"},{"product_id":"two-fields-extra-virgin-olive-oil","title":"Two Fields Extra Virgin Olive Oil  Cold Pressed, Award-Winning, Single Estate","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor those who care about flavour at its source, Two Fields Extra Virgin Olive Oil is the kind of pantry staple that transforms simple food into something memorable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from hand-harvested Koroneiki olives grown in Zakros, Crete, this single estate oil is cold-pressed within hours of harvest to preserve its full character. The result is vibrant and expressive -intensely fruity with a fresh, peppery finish that lingers just enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced by two British-Greek families using regenerative farming methods, it’s an oil shaped as much by the land as the olives themselves. Healthy soil, careful harvesting and low-intervention production all come together to create something pure, balanced and full of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrizzle it generously, dip into it slowly, and use it where flavour really matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle estate extra virgin olive oil from Crete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with Koroneiki olives, known for bold flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold-pressed within hours of harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruity, complex with a peppery finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduced using regenerative farming methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnrefined, no additives or processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDipping with sourdough and fresh herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzling over roasted vegetables or grilled meats.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing pasta, beans or slow-cooked dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing with vinegar for bold salad dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a rich finish to desserts like ice cream or chocolate mousse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% Koroneiki olives (Zakros, Crete)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e500ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo additives or refinement - just pure extra virgin olive oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrown on a single estate in Zakros, Crete, these olives are hand-harvested and cold-pressed in small batches within hours to retain freshness and flavour. Two Fields uses regenerative farming techniques - including cover crops and natural soil enrichment - to support biodiversity and produce healthier, more flavourful olives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this olive oil different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s a single estate, cold-pressed oil made in small batches with a focus on soil health and flavour, rather than mass production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s best used for drizzling, dressing and finishing to preserve its flavour and nutritional quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is olive oil more expensive now?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlobal harvests have been impacted by climate conditions, reducing supply while demand remains high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it in a cool, dark place with the bottle sealed tightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s 100% plant-based with no additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does it sometimes go cloudy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is natural at cooler temperatures and doesn’t affect quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Two Fields","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53293761790294,"sku":null,"price":18.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Olive_Oil_Packs_Shots.webp?v=1777977423"},{"product_id":"linen-tote-bag-with-pockets-natural","title":"Linen Tote Bag with Pockets (Natural)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor everyday carry that feels as considered as it is practical, this linen tote bag with pockets is designed to go everywhere with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lightweight, durable tote made from 100% linen with a soft washed finish - featuring a roomy interior and practical internal pockets to keep everything organised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned with wide, comfortable straps for easy carrying, it works just as well for shopping and commuting as it does for weekends away. The natural linen fabric is breathable, strong and softens over time, making it a reliable everyday essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% linen – breathable, durable and naturally strong\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior pockets – keeps essentials organised and easy to reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide straps for comfortable, everyday carrying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious and lightweight for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable alternative to plastic or synthetic bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for work, shopping and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday Carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for work, errands or daily essentials - fits everything you need without feeling bulky.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopping \u0026amp; Markets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong and breathable for groceries or market runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTravel \u0026amp; Weekends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal as an overnight bag, beach tote or extra carry-on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: 100% linen with soft washed finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraps: Long, wide handles for comfort\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage: Spacious interior with internal pockets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures: Lightweight, foldable and reusable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour: Natural\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCare\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine washable at 30°C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse mild detergent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir dry naturally\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-cross-back-apron-natural\"\u003eLinen Cross Back Apron (Natural)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-cross-back-apron-green\"\u003eLinen Cross Back Apron (Green)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% linen - lightweight, breathable and durable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have pockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - internal pockets help keep smaller items organised and easy to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it big enough for daily use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fits a laptop, books, water bottle and everyday essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - ideal for weekends away or as an extra bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it eco-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - reusable, biodegradable and a natural alternative to plastic bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA simple, reliable bag designed for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Linen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53302901604694,"sku":null,"price":32.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/tote-linen-bags-with-pockets.webp?v=1777286077"},{"product_id":"nutty-belly-gal-tokyo-nights-sesame-seaweed-peanut-butter","title":"Sesame Seaweed Peanut Butter","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-15 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTokyo Nights Sesame Seaweed Peanut Butter is a bold, savoury spread from female-founded London brand Nutty Belly Gal. Made with freshly toasted hi-oleic peanuts, roasted sesame seeds and seaweed, it brings rich, nutty flavour and gentle umami depth to quick meals and everyday snacking.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the flavours of Japanese cooking, this small-batch peanut butter has a creamy texture with a slight crunch from the sesame seeds. Toasted sesame adds aromatic warmth, while seaweed and sea salt create a subtly savoury, ocean-inspired finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelicious stirred through noodles, spooned over rice bowls or used as the base for an easy satay-style sauce, it is just as good slathered onto toast. Made using natural ingredients, Tokyo Nights is vegan, refined sugar free and palm oil free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToasty sesame flavour with savoury seaweed umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreamy peanut butter with a delicate sesame crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 93% hi-oleic peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch peanut butter from a female-founded London producer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan, refined sugar free and palm oil free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir through warm noodles with soy sauce and lime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over rice bowls and roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a marinade for tofu, tempeh or chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix into Asian-inspired dressings and dipping sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlather onto toast or use in a savoury sandwich\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTofu, chicken or tempeh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm rice and noodles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrilled or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLime, chilli, soy sauce and fresh herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry with Nutty Belly Gal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/products\/dark-handsome-dark-chocolate-peanut-butter\"\u003eDark Chocolate Peanut Butter with Cacao Nibs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHi-oleic \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e (93%), \u003cstrong\u003eSesame Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, Organic Agave, Sea Salt, \u003cstrong\u003eSesame Oil\u003c\/strong\u003e, Seaweed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains Peanuts and Sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, see ingredients in bold. Please check the packaging before use for the most up-to-date allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVegan, refined sugar free and palm oil free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with natural ingredients and hi-oleic peanuts, which are naturally rich in monounsaturated fats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g \/ 15g serving:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy – 2329.4kJ \/ 349.4kJ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy – 556.7kcal \/ 83.5kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat – 47.9g \/ 7.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates – 3.1g \/ 0.47g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates – 16.4g \/ 2.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars – 5g \/ 0.75g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein – 22.9g \/ 3.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt – 1.3g \/ 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 275g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard or refrigerate if preferred. For the best-before date, please see the bottom of the jar. The product will generally have a shelf life of at least six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNatural oil separation may occur. Stir well before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Tokyo Nights Peanut Butter taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a rich, nutty flavour with aromatic roasted sesame, subtle seaweed and a gently salty umami finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Tokyo Nights a sweet or savoury peanut butter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is primarily savoury, although a small amount of organic agave helps to balance the roasted sesame and seaweed flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use Sesame Seaweed Peanut Butter for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStir it through noodles, spoon it over rice bowls, use it to marinate tofu or chicken, mix it into sauces or simply spread it onto toast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it crunchy or smooth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a creamy peanut butter base with a slight crunch from the roasted sesame seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Tokyo Nights suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is vegan and is also made without refined sugar or palm oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it in a cool, dry cupboard or store it in the fridge if you prefer a firmer texture. Stir before use if the natural oils separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Nutty Belly Gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutty Belly Gal is a female-founded London brand on a mission to bring colour, creativity and fun to plain peanut butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts hi-oleic peanuts are freshly toasted and churned in small batches with premium natural ingredients to create bold, indulgent flavours without unnecessary additives. Every flavour is vegan, refined sugar free and palm oil free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-3 w-full empty:hidden\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Nutty Gal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54772839416150,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-Tokyonights.webp?v=1784719837"},{"product_id":"woolfs-kitchen-chilli-crunch","title":"Chilli Oil Crunch | Woolf's Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add instant crunch, heat and bold flavour to everyday meals, Woolf's Kitchen Chilli Crunch is a Great Taste Award-winning crispy chilli oil that transforms everything from eggs and noodles to pizza and roasted vegetables in seconds.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with crispy onions, garlic, crushed chillies and shiitake mushroom powder, it delivers the perfect balance of savoury umami, gentle heat and irresistible crunch. Rich, aromatic and full of texture, it's the condiment you'll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're finishing ramen, stirring it through pasta or spooning it over hummus, Woolf's Kitchen Chilli Crunch makes everyday meals taste restaurant-worthy with almost no effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Great Taste Award-winning recipe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Crispy onions and garlic for irresistible crunch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Rich umami flavour from shiitake mushrooms\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Gentle chilli heat with plenty of flavour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• The easiest way to elevate everyday meals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Drizzle over ramen, noodles and stir-fries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Spoon onto eggs, hummus or avocado toast\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Finish pizzas, rice bowls and roasted vegetables\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Stir through pasta for an instant flavour boost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Use as a marinade for chicken or tofu\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Serve with dumplings and dim sum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more pantry heroes that bring maximum flavour with minimal effort, explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003eSauces, Pastes \u0026amp; Condiments \u003c\/a\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRapeseed Oil (76%), Crispy Onions (Onions, Sunflower Oil, Corn Starch, Salt), Garlic Flakes, Crushed Chillies (5%), Sugar, Shiitake Mushroom Powder, Salt, Chilli Powder (1%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with quality ingredients to deliver crunchy texture, savoury umami and balanced chilli warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 2641kJ \/ 640kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 61g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 4.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 19g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 8.9g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 3.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 3.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e175g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate once opened and consume within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStir well before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecycling Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the jar, replace the lid and recycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Chilli Crunch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChilli Crunch is a crispy chilli oil packed with crunchy onions, garlic and chillies, adding heat, texture and umami to almost any savoury dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt delivers a gentle to medium chilli warmth with plenty of savoury flavour rather than overpowering heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's delicious on ramen, noodles, eggs, pizza, hummus, avocado toast, rice bowls, roasted vegetables, pasta, dumplings and marinades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for everyday cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. A spoonful instantly adds flavour and crunch, making quick meals feel more special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within four weeks. Stir well before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Woolf's Kitchen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoolf's Kitchen creates flavour-packed pantry staples designed to make everyday cooking easier and more exciting. From award-winning condiments to bold seasonings, every product is made to help busy cooks add restaurant-quality flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Woolf's Kitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54772869562710,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/woolfkitchenchillicrisp.webp?v=1784721312"},{"product_id":"woolfs-kitchen-jalapeno-lime-hot-sauce","title":"Jalapeno + Lime Hot Sauce | Woolf's Kitchen","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to create quick, easy meals packed with fresh flavour, Woolf's Kitchen Jalapeño + Lime Hot Sauce is a Great Taste Award-winning condiment that delivers bright citrus, medium chilli heat and instant flavour in every drizzle.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with jalapeños, fresh lime juice, green peppers and garlic, this vibrant hot sauce balances fruity freshness with zingy acidity and gentle warmth. It's bold enough to wake up tacos, eggs and grilled meats without overpowering your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrizzle over smashed avocado, tacos, burgers and rice bowls, or use it to lift leftovers in seconds. Whether you're cooking from scratch or throwing together a quick midweek dinner, this pantry essential makes everyday meals taste brighter with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat Taste Award-winning recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFresh jalapeño and zesty lime flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium-hot heat that's balanced and flavour-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real vegetables and fresh lime juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for quick, easy meals and everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over smashed avocado and eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon onto tacos, burritos and nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to burgers, wraps and cheese toasties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish grilled chicken, prawns and fajitas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash over rice bowls and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more flavour-packed condiments that make everyday cooking easier, explore our\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003e sauces and condiments\u003c\/a\u003e section\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnions, White Wine Vinegar, Jalapeño Chilli (17%), Green Peppers, Lime Juice (12%), Garlic, Rapeseed Oil, Demerara Sugar, Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with real jalapeños, fresh lime juice and natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat level: Medium-hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 454kJ \/ 109kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 6.1g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 9.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 8.1g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 1.6g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate once opened and use within 6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecycling Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass bottle – Recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow hot is Jalapeño + Lime Hot Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a medium-hot heat level with fresh jalapeño flavour and bright lime, delivering plenty of flavour without overwhelming heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's delicious on eggs, tacos, burritos, burgers, grilled chicken, prawns, wraps, rice bowls, nachos and cheese toasties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for quick midweek meals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. A drizzle instantly adds fresh flavour and gentle heat to everyday meals with almost no effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use it as a finishing sauce, stir it into marinades or add it to dressings for an extra citrus kick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within six weeks. Shake well before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Woolf's Kitchen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoolf's Kitchen creates award-winning condiments that help busy cooks bring bold flavour to quick, easy meals. Made with quality ingredients and inspired by everyday cooking, each product is designed to transform simple dishes into something special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Woolf's Kitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773032091990,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/woolfskitchenjalapenoandlimesauce.webp?v=1784721799"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-bad-boy-bread-butter-cucumber-pickles","title":"Goat Rodeo Bad Boy Bread \u0026 Butter Cucumber Pickles","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks and pickle lovers looking to add bold flavour and satisfying crunch to quick, easy meals, Goat Rodeo Bad Boy Bread \u0026amp; Butter Cucumber Pickles are the ultimate pantry staple. Thick-cut cucumber pickles with a punchy, slightly sweet and tangy bite, they're perfect for burgers, sandwiches and sharing boards.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with fresh cucumbers, garlic, onions, turmeric and mustard seeds, these American-style pickles are less sweet and more vinegar-forward than supermarket alternatives. Packed with crunch and full of bold flavour, they're the perfect \"gateway pickle\" for anyone discovering artisan pickles for the first time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePile them into burgers, layer them inside sandwiches, serve alongside barbecue favourites or add them to cheeseboards and grazing platters. Whether you're hosting friends or throwing together a quick lunch, these flavour-packed pickles make everyday meals anything but ordinary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick-cut cucumber pickles with extra crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold American-style flavour with a tangy vinegar kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with garlic, onions, turmeric and mustard seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for burgers, sandwiches and grazing boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan and handmade in Scotland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer into burgers and sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with hot dogs and barbecue dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to cheeseboards and grazing platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into potato salad or coleslaw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar for the ultimate pickle fix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more bold flavours and pantry heroes that make everyday cooking easier, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003ePastes, Sauces and Condiments\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCucumbers\u003c\/strong\u003e, Water, Spirit Vinegar, Sugar, Salt, Onions, Garlic, Turmeric, Black Peppercorns, Yellow \u003cstrong\u003eMustard Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e, Black \u003cstrong\u003eMustard Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains Mustard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a kitchen that handles allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Scotland using fresh cucumbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 160kJ \/ 38kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 7.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 7.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 0.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 2.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e500g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate after opening and consume within the time stated on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Bread \u0026amp; Butter Pickles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBread \u0026amp; Butter Pickles are classic American-style pickled cucumbers with a slightly sweet, tangy flavour. Goat Rodeo's version is less sweet than traditional supermarket varieties, with a punchier vinegar finish and extra crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do they taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey have a fresh cucumber crunch with balanced sweetness, sharp vinegar, warming turmeric, garlic and mustard, making them incredibly moreish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve them with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're delicious in burgers, sandwiches, hot dogs, barbecue dishes, cheese boards, potato salads and grazing platters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They're packed with bold flavour rather than heat, making them suitable for the whole family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are completely vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Goat Rodeo Goods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Kat and Lucy in Scotland, Goat Rodeo Goods creates bold, flavour-first pantry staples that make cooking, hosting and snacking more exciting. Inspired by American-style pickles and fearless flavour, every jar is handmade using fresh ingredients with a generous helping of cowboy attitude. From crunchy pickles to punchy condiments, Goat Rodeo proves that everyday cupboard staples never have to be boring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773426651478,"sku":null,"price":9.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/goatrodeopicklesbreadandbutter.webp?v=1784722399"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-sumac-sliced-pickled-onions","title":"Goat Rodeo|  Sumac Sliced Pickled Onions","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add instant tang and bold flavour to quick, easy meals, Goat Rodeo Sumac Sliced Pickled Onions are the pantry shortcut your sandwiches, salads and barbecue feasts have been waiting for.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with fresh red onions rather than pre-brined imports, these crunchy pickled onions are infused with fragrant sumac, coriander seed and mustard seed for a bright, citrusy twist. The result is a crisp, punchy pickle with plenty of bite that instantly lifts everyday dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike whole pickled onions, these are perfectly sliced to layer neatly into sandwiches, burgers and wraps without slipping out. They're just as delicious piled onto tacos, grain bowls and roasted vegetables, or eaten straight from the jar if you can't wait.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with fresh red onions for extra crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright, tangy flavour from aromatic sumac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-sliced for sandwiches, burgers and wraps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Scotland with bold, punchy flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan and perfect for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer into burgers, sandwiches and wraps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop tacos, grain bowls and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with barbecue dishes and grilled meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to cheese boards and sharing platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish roasted vegetables or enjoy straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more flavour-packed pantry staples that make everyday cooking easier, explore more Goat Rodeo products - \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003eButter and Butter Pickles \u003c\/a\u003e| Pickle Seasoning \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Onions, Spirit Vinegar, Water, Salt, Sumac, Coriander Seed, \u003cstrong\u003eMustard Seed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains Mustard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a kitchen that handles allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using fresh red onions for maximum crunch and flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e320g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrained weight: 180g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate after opening and consume within the time stated on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does sumac taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSumac is a fragrant Middle Eastern spice with a fresh, citrusy tang, similar to lemon but deeper and more savoury.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these pickled onions different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're made with fresh red onions rather than pre-brined onions, giving them a much crunchier texture and fresher flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve them with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're delicious in sandwiches, burgers, wraps, tacos, salads, grain bowls, barbecue dishes and cheese boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they work in sandwiches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Their sliced format means they layer neatly into sandwiches and burgers without rolling out like whole pickled onions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are completely vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Goat Rodeo Goods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Kat and Lucy in Scotland, Goat Rodeo Goods creates bold, flavour-first pantry staples that make cooking, hosting and snacking more exciting. Handmade using fresh ingredients and inspired by fearless flavour, every jar is designed to help busy cooks create quick, easy meals packed with personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773523972438,"sku":null,"price":8.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/goat_rodeo_slices_sumac_onions.webp?v=1784723139"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-spicy-slicey-pickled-onions","title":"Goat Rodeo | Spicy Slicey Pickled Onions","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add instant crunch, gentle heat and bold flavour to quick, easy meals, Goat Rodeo Spicy Slicey Pickled Onions are the pantry staple you'll reach for again and again. Packed with fresh onions, warming chilli flakes and a punchy vinegar bite, they bring every dish to life in seconds.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with fresh onions rather than pre-brined imports, these sliced pickled onions stay wonderfully crisp while soaking up the perfect balance of vinegar, coriander, mustard seed and chilli. The result is a crunchy pickle with a gentle warmth that complements food rather than overpowering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLayer them into burgers, bagels and sandwiches, serve alongside slow-cooked meats or stir through mac and cheese for an easy flavour boost. Whether you're hosting a barbecue or making a quick lunch, these spicy pickled onions add bold flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with fresh onions for maximum crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle chilli warmth with a punchy vinegar bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-sliced for burgers, sandwiches and bagels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Scotland with bold flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan and perfect for quick, easy meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer into burgers, sandwiches and bagels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with barbecue dishes and slow-cooked meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir through mac and cheese for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to tacos, hot dogs and loaded fries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar for a spicy snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more flavour-packed pantry staples that make everyday cooking easier, explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondiments \u0026amp; Pickles Collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnions, Spirit Vinegar, Water, Salt, Chilli Flakes, Coriander Seed, \u003cstrong\u003eMustard Seed\u003c\/strong\u003e, Black Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains Mustard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a kitchen that handles allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with fresh onions for extra crunch and balanced chilli flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e320g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrained weight: 180g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate after opening and consume within the time stated on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy are Spicy Slicey Pickled Onions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey have a gentle to medium warmth from dried chilli flakes, adding flavour and heat without overpowering your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use them on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're perfect for burgers, bagels, sandwiches, tacos, barbecue dishes, hot dogs, loaded fries and mac and cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes them different from regular pickled onions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're made with fresh onions rather than pre-brined imports, giving them a much crunchier texture and fresher flavour. Their sliced format also makes them perfect for layering into sandwiches and burgers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are completely vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat them straight from the jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! They're just as delicious enjoyed straight from the jar as they are added to your favourite meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Goat Rodeo Goods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Kat and Lucy in Scotland, Goat Rodeo Goods creates bold, flavour-first pantry staples that make cooking, hosting and snacking more exciting. Handmade using fresh ingredients and inspired by fearless flavour, every jar is designed to help busy cooks create quick, easy meals packed with personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773791457622,"sku":null,"price":8.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/goatrodeoslicedspicyonions.webp?v=1784724579"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-pickle-tickle-pickle-salt","title":"Goat Rodeo| Pickle Tickle Pickle Salt","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add bold flavour to quick, easy meals, Goat Rodeo Pickle Tickle Pickle Salt is a punchy seasoning that brings the tangy taste of dill pickles to everything from chips and popcorn to burgers and Bloody Marys.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade by rescuing imperfect batches of Goat Rodeo's handmade pickles and blending them with premium Cornish Sea Salt Flakes, this clever seasoning is packed with sharp, savoury pickle flavour. Perfectly balanced between salty and tangy, it's an easy way to add a flavour boost in just a pinch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkle over crispy potatoes, mix into burger sauce, season sandwiches or rim your favourite cocktail glass. Whether you're hosting friends or upgrading a quick midweek meal, Pickle Tickle is the pantry hero you never knew you needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade using rescued handmade pickles to reduce food waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlended with premium Cornish Sea Salt Flakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTangy dill pickle flavour with a savoury finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for quick, easy meals and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Scotland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over chips, fries and roast potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeason popcorn for the ultimate movie snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix into mayonnaise for an easy burger sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim a Bloody Mary or Margarita glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to burgers, sandwiches and grilled vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more flavour-packed pantry staples that make everyday cooking easier, explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sauces-pastes-condiments\"\u003eSeasonings \u0026amp; Condiments Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRescued dried pickles, Cornish Sea Salt Flakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the product packaging for the full ingredients list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Scotland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using rescued pickles to help reduce food waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with the lid tightly closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Pickle Tickle Pickle Salt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a savoury seasoning made by drying Goat Rodeo's handmade pickles and blending them with Cornish Sea Salt Flakes to create a tangy dill pickle salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has the classic sharp, tangy flavour of dill pickles balanced with savoury sea salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's delicious sprinkled over chips, popcorn, burgers, sandwiches, roast potatoes, grilled vegetables or mixed into mayonnaise for an easy burger sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for cocktails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It makes an excellent rim for Bloody Marys, Margaritas and other savoury cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Goat Rodeo Goods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Kat and Lucy in Scotland, Goat Rodeo Goods creates bold, flavour-first pantry staples that make cooking, hosting and snacking more exciting. Handmade using fresh ingredients and inspired by fearless flavour, the range transforms everyday cupboard staples into products packed with personality. Their innovative Pickle Tickle seasoning also helps reduce food waste by giving rescued pickles a delicious second life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852766550,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/goat_rodeo_the_perfect_pickle_salt.webp?v=1784723139"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-spicy-disco-mix-seasoning","title":"Goat Rodeo | Spicy Disco Mix Seasoning","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add bold flavour to quick, easy meals, Goat Rodeo Spicy Disco Mix is a vibrant all-purpose seasoning that transforms everything from chicken and fish to vegetables, soups and homemade bread with just a sprinkle.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlending Aleppo pepper, ancho chilli, pink peppercorns, juniper, dried orange and parsley, this colourful spice mix delivers layers of gentle warmth, citrus brightness and aromatic depth. It's beautifully balanced, incredibly versatile and guaranteed to become your go-to seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRub it onto meat before cooking, stir it into sauces and soups, season roasted vegetables or sprinkle over sourdough before baking. Whether you're making a speedy midweek dinner or cooking for friends, Spicy Disco Mix makes every meal feel a little more special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeautifully balanced blend of chillies, citrus and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect all-purpose seasoning for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelicious on meat, fish and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant flavour with minimal effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Scotland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRub onto chicken, fish, steak or pheasant before cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeason roasted vegetables and cauliflower steaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into soups, sauces and marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over homemade sourdough before baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with lemon orzo for an easy flavour boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Salt, Sugar, Aleppo Pepper, Ancho Chilli, Dried Orange, Pink Pepper, Black Pepper, Juniper, Parsley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Scotland using quality herbs, spices and seasonings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with the lid tightly closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Spicy Disco Mix taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines gentle chilli warmth with bright citrus, aromatic juniper, pink peppercorns and herbs for a balanced seasoning that's savoury, fragrant and full of flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's delicious on chicken, fish, steak, vegetables, soups, sauces, roasted potatoes and even homemade bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it very spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It has a gentle warmth rather than intense heat, making it suitable for everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a dry rub?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's perfect as a dry rub for chicken, fish, steak and vegetables before roasting, grilling or barbecuing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Goat Rodeo Goods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by Kat and Lucy in Scotland, Goat Rodeo Goods creates bold, flavour-first pantry staples that make cooking, hosting and snacking more exciting. Handmade using quality ingredients and inspired by fearless flavour, every product is designed to help busy cooks create quick, easy meals packed with personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861384534,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/goatrodeospicydiscomix.webp?v=1784725687"},{"product_id":"sunshine-chocolate-the-milker-milk-chocolate-melt-bar","title":"Sunshine Chocolate The Milker Milk Chocolate Melt Bar","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy people looking for a little everyday indulgence, Sunshine Chocolate The Milker is a handcrafted milk chocolate bar made with sun-blushed Dominican cocoa and creamy full-fat dairy milk. Smooth, rich and comforting, it's the perfect treat to enjoy with a coffee, after dinner or whenever you need a well-earned chocolate moment.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using prized Criollo cocoa beans from the foothills of the western Dominican Republic, this artisan chocolate combines 38% cocoa with natural dairy milk to create a wonderfully creamy texture. Delicate notes of fresh nuts and meadow flowers add depth, giving this classic milk chocolate a beautifully balanced flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset in small batches, The Milker is a simple, high-quality chocolate bar that celebrates exceptional cocoa and traditional craftsmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade artisan chocolate from Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with prized Dominican Criollo cocoa beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, creamy milk chocolate with 38% cocoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelicate notes of fresh nuts and meadow flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for gifting or everyday indulgence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Enjoy It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy with your favourite tea or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a thoughtful gift hamper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreak into pieces for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMelt into hot milk for an indulgent hot chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe alongside fresh berries or after dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more artisan chocolate and sweet treats in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sweet-pantry-treats\"\u003eChocolate \u0026amp; Sweet Pantry Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Cocoa Solids (38%), Whole \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder, Cocoa Butter, Emulsifier (\u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e Lecithin), Natural Vanilla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, including cereals containing gluten, see ingredients in \u003cstrong\u003ebold\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a chocolate kitchen that also handles dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with Dominican Criollo cocoa beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e38% cocoa solids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 2312kJ \/ 557kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 35g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 21.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 52.6g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 51.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFibre: 1.9g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 6.9g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e52g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does The Milker taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a smooth, creamy milk chocolate flavour with delicate notes of fresh nuts, meadow flowers and rich Dominican cocoa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the cocoa come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cocoa is made using sun-blushed Criollo beans grown in the foothills of the western Dominican Republic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this artisan chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every bar is handmade in small batches in Dorset using carefully sourced ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Its colourful packaging and premium chocolate make it a lovely gift or thoughtful treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sunshine Chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunshine Chocolate handcrafts small-batch chocolate in Dorset using carefully sourced cocoa beans from around the world. Passionate about quality ingredients and traditional chocolate making, every bar celebrates the unique flavours of its origin while bringing a little sunshine to every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"dorset","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774267609430,"sku":null,"price":4.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/unshineChocolateTheMilker-milkchocolatemeltbar.webp?v=1784728158"},{"product_id":"sunshine-chocolate-honey-bee-good-milk-chocolate-bar","title":"Sunshine Chocolate Honey Bee Good Milk Chocolate Bar","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy people looking for a little everyday indulgence, Sunshine Chocolate Honey Bee Good is a handcrafted milk chocolate bar made with sun-blushed Caribbean cocoa and crunchy homemade honeycomb. Sweet, creamy and wonderfully moreish, it's the perfect treat to enjoy with a coffee, pop into a gift hamper or savour whenever you need a chocolate fix.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with 41% cocoa and fragrant Cuban honey harvested from the flowers and fruit trees of the Caribbean, this artisan milk chocolate delivers a rich cocoa flavour balanced by creamy dairy milk and crisp pieces of handmade honeycomb. Every bite combines smooth chocolate with a satisfying honeycomb crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset in small batches, Honey Bee Good celebrates exceptional ingredients, traditional craftsmanship and the irresistible pairing of milk chocolate and honeycomb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade artisan chocolate from Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 41% Caribbean cocoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrunchy homemade honeycomb throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, creamy milk chocolate with natural honey flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for gifting or everyday indulgence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Enjoy It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy with your favourite tea or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a thoughtful gift hamper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreak into pieces for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe after dinner with fresh fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreat yourself whenever you need a sweet pick-me-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more artisan chocolate and sweet treats in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sweet-pantry-treats\"\u003eChocolate \u0026amp; Sweet Pantry Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Cocoa Solids (41%), Cocoa Butter, Whole \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder (\u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e), Honey, Sodium Bicarbonate, Baking Powder, Salt, Vanilla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, see ingredients in \u003cstrong\u003ebold\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a chocolate kitchen that also handles dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with 41% cocoa and fragrant Cuban honey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 2474kJ \/ 597kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 45g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 34g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 51g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 49g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFibre: 3.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 4.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 0.21g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Honey Bee Good taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines smooth, creamy milk chocolate with crunchy homemade honeycomb and rich Caribbean cocoa for a sweet, satisfying finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the cocoa come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chocolate is made using sun-blushed cocoa and fragrant Cuban honey from the Caribbean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the honeycomb homemade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The honeycomb is handmade to give every bar its distinctive crunchy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Its colourful packaging and artisan quality make it a lovely gift for chocolate lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Sunshine Chocolate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunshine Chocolate handcrafts small-batch chocolate in Dorset using carefully sourced cocoa beans from around the world. Every bar celebrates exceptional ingredients, traditional chocolate making and joyful flavours inspired by the sunshine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"dorset","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774315385174,"sku":null,"price":4.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/SunshineChocolateHoneyBeeGood.MilkChocolateMeltBar.webp?v=1784728575"},{"product_id":"strawberry-pavlova-fire-roasted-artisan-fudge","title":"Strawberry Pavlova Fire-Roasted Artisan Fudge","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor anyone looking for a properly indulgent sweet treat, this Strawberry Pavlova Artisan Fudge combines creamy Dorset fudge with fruity strawberry flavour and pieces of crisp meringue.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches using British sugar, Wessex butter and Dorset clotted cream, the fudge is traditionally cooked over an open flame in large copper pans. This time-honoured method creates a rich, smooth texture with the unmistakable flavour of homemade fudge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect with a cup of tea, shared after dinner or added to a thoughtful food gift, it brings all the flavours of a strawberry pavlova together in one very moreish mouthful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreamy strawberry fudge with crisp meringue pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with British sugar, Wessex butter and Dorset clotted cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditionally cooked over an open flame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches in Dorset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic-free and recyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Enjoy It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with tea or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a birthday or thank-you gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShare after dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with fresh strawberries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep in the cupboard for an indulgent treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more handmade chocolate, fudge and sweet treats, explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sweet-pantry-treats\"\u003eSweet Pantry Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full ingredients list was not included in the information supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using British sugar, Wessex butter, Dorset clotted cream, strawberry and meringue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the product packaging for the complete and most up-to-date ingredients list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeringue may contain \u003cstrong\u003eEgg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check the packaging before eating, as ingredients and allergen information may change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in small batches using traditional methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCruelty-free and made using ethically sourced ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastic-free and recyclable packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the packaging for the best-before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Strawberry Pavlova Fudge taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a rich, creamy fudge base with fruity strawberry flavour and pieces of crisp meringue, inspired by a classic strawberry pavlova.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the fudge made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is traditionally cooked over an open flame in large copper pans and stirred using wooden spoons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is handmade in small batches in Dorset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 150g box makes a lovely addition to a birthday gift, thank-you present or food hamper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the packaging recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The packaging is described as plastic-free and recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"dorset","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774336291158,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/StrawberryPavlovaFlavorFireRoastedArtisanFudge.webp?v=1784728727"},{"product_id":"lemon-meringue-fire-roasted-artisan-fudge","title":"Lemon Meringue Fire-Roasted Artisan Fudge","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor anyone looking for a luxurious sweet treat or thoughtful gift, this Lemon Meringue Fire-Roasted Artisan Fudge combines rich, creamy fudge with bright lemon flavour and delicate meringue for a dessert-inspired indulgence.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches in Dorset, this indulgent fudge is traditionally cooked over an open flame using British sugar, Wessex butter and Dorset clotted cream. The result is a smooth, melt-in-the-mouth texture with a vibrant citrus flavour and sweet meringue notes that capture the taste of a classic lemon meringue pie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect with a cup of tea, shared after dinner or added to a food hamper, it's a beautifully British treat that's hard to stop at just one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, creamy fudge with bright lemon flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspired by classic lemon meringue pie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with British sugar, Wessex butter and Dorset clotted cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches using traditional methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Dorset using copper pans and wooden spoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Enjoy It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy with a cup of tea or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a luxury food hamper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe after dinner with friends and family\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShare as an afternoon treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep in the cupboard for those sweet cravings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more handcrafted chocolate, fudge and sweet treats in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/sweet-pantry-treats\"\u003eSweet Pantry Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using British Sugar, Wessex Butter, Dorset Clotted Cream, Lemon and Meringue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the product packaging for the full ingredients list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeringue may contain \u003cstrong\u003eEgg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in Dorset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall-batch artisan fudge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using traditional methods over an open flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the packaging for the best-before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Lemon Meringue Fudge taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a rich, creamy texture with bright lemon flavour and sweet meringue notes, inspired by a classic lemon meringue pie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach batch is traditionally cooked over an open flame in large copper pans using wooden spoons for a rich, smooth texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's handmade in small batches in Dorset by skilled fudge makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The beautifully presented 150g box makes a lovely gift or addition to a food hamper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place and enjoy before the best-before date shown on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in Dorset using traditional methods, this luxury fudge is cooked in copper pans over an open flame using British sugar, Wessex butter and Dorset clotted cream. Produced in small batches, it's made for those who appreciate proper handmade confectionery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"dorset","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774391996758,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/LemonMeringueFireRoastedArtisanFudge.webp?v=1784729160"},{"product_id":"grow-your-own-beer-hops-eco-mini-grow-kit","title":"Grow Your Own Beer Hops Eco Mini Grow Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor anyone who loves craft beer, gardening or thoughtful gifts, the Grow Your Own Beer Hops Eco Mini Grow Kit makes it easy to grow your own hops at home. Whether you're a home brewer or simply enjoy growing something a little different, this beginner-friendly kit contains everything you need to get started.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the UK, this eco-friendly grow kit includes hop seeds, coir soil discs, wooden plant markers and an easy-to-follow sowing guide. With enough seeds for several pots or your own growing container, it's a fun project that's just as enjoyable for first-time growers as it is for experienced gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for windowsills, patios or gardens, this sustainable grow kit makes a brilliant gift for beer lovers, Father's Day, birthdays or anyone who enjoys growing their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything you need to grow your own beer hops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-follow guide for beginners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnough seeds for multiple pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-friendly, recyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeer lovers and home brewers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginner gardeners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Father's Day and birthday gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousewarming presents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscover more unique gifts and grow-your-own kits in our\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/little-luxuries\"\u003eGift Collection\u003cstrong\u003e.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacket of hop seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep-by-step beginner's growing guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden plant markers Coir soil discs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply follow the enclosed step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant the seeds in the supplied coir compost or your preferred growing pots, keep them watered and enjoy watching your hops grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place until ready to plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes an easy-to-follow growing guide, making it ideal for first-time growers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plants can I grow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains enough hop seeds to sow in several pots or your own choice of growing containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include everything I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes hop seeds, coir soil discs, wooden plant markers and a beginner's sowing guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the packaging recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The packet is recyclable after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is proudly made in the United Kingdom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout the Grow Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and made in the UK, these Eco Mini Grow Kits make growing your own plants simple, sustainable and fun. Using eco-friendly materials and easy-to-follow instructions, they're perfect for gardeners of all abilities and make thoughtful gifts for anyone who enjoys growing something new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and instructions before use, as product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Plant Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774438986070,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/growyourownhops.webp?v=1784729699"},{"product_id":"bees-butterflies-eco-mini-grow-kit","title":"Bees \u0026 Butterflies Eco Mini Grow Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor anyone looking to create a bee and butterfly-friendly garden, the Bees \u0026amp; Butterflies Eco Mini Grow Kit makes it easy to grow beautiful wildflowers that support important pollinators. It's a fun and rewarding project for adults, as well as a wonderful way to teach children about nature, gardening and the vital role bees and butterflies play in our environment.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the UK, this eco-friendly grow kit contains everything you need to get started, including a packet of wildflower seeds, coir soil discs, wooden plant markers and easy-to-follow step-by-step instructions. With enough seeds to sow in several pots, beds or borders, it's perfect for beginners and experienced gardeners alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're brightening a garden, creating a wildlife-friendly outdoor space or looking for a thoughtful eco gift, this beautifully presented grow kit encourages people of all ages to enjoy gardening while helping local wildlife thrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow beautiful wildflowers for bees and butterflies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA brilliant way to introduce children to gardening and nature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything you need to get started\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginner-friendly with easy step-by-step instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnough seeds for several pots or garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-friendly, recyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBee and butterfly-friendly gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamilies looking for a fun outdoor activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeaching children about pollinators and wildlife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginner gardeners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-conscious gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousewarming and birthday presents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover more thoughtful gifts and grow-your-own kits in our\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/little-luxuries\"\u003eGift Collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWildflower seed packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoir soil discs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden plant markers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep-by-step growing guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the enclosed step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant the seeds in the supplied coir compost or your own pots, beds or borders, water regularly and enjoy watching your wildflowers bloom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place until ready to sow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes simple step-by-step instructions, making it ideal for first-time growers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With adult supervision, it's a fun way to introduce children to gardening, teach them about bees and butterflies, and encourage a love of nature while watching their flowers grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I grow the flowers in pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The seeds can be grown in pots, containers, beds or garden borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the flowers attract bees and butterflies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The wildflower mix has been chosen to help attract bees, butterflies and other beneficial pollinators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the kit include everything I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes wildflower seeds, coir soil discs, wooden plant markers and a beginner-friendly growing guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is proudly made in the United Kingdom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout The Plant Gift Co.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Plant Gift Co. creates eco-friendly grow kits that make gardening simple, enjoyable and accessible for everyone. Made in the UK using recyclable packaging, each kit contains everything needed to grow something special while encouraging wildlife and helping more people connect with nature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and instructions before use, as product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Plant Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774484238678,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/beesgrowingkit.webp?v=1784730193"},{"product_id":"chocolate-sardines","title":"Milk Chocolate Sardines","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor food lovers, little ones and anyone who appreciates a gift with a sense of humour, Simón Coll Chocolate Sardines are milk chocolate treats cleverly wrapped in foil to look like the real thing. Smooth, creamy and just a little unexpected, they're a fun addition to gift boxes, stockings and after-dinner treats.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Catalonia by family chocolatier Simón Coll, founded in 1840, each sardine is made with creamy milk chocolate with gentle vanilla notes before being individually wrapped in wonderfully realistic sardine-style foil. They’re proof that not everything in the tinned fish cupboard needs to be savoury.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlip them into a stocking, add them to a foodie gift or serve them alongside coffee after dinner. And for anyone who remains unconvinced by actual sardines, these might be the place to start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Milk chocolate disguised as little sardines\u003cbr\u003e• Smooth, creamy chocolate with vanilla notes\u003cbr\u003e• Made by Catalan chocolatier Simón Coll\u003cbr\u003e• A fun foodie gift and stocking filler\u003cbr\u003e• Featured in The Guardian's Christmas Gifts for Food Lovers 2024\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Add to Christmas stockings\u003cbr\u003e• Pop into a foodie gift box\u003cbr\u003e• Give to a tinned fish lover for a bit of fun\u003cbr\u003e• Serve with coffee after dinner\u003cbr\u003e• Use as a playful place setting or table gift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more little treats and unexpected finds for food lovers, explore our \u003cstrong\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Stocking Fillers collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Cocoa Butter, Whole \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder, Cocoa Mass, Skimmed \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder, Emulsifier (\u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e Lecithin), Flavouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCocoa solids: 30% minimum.\u003cbr\u003eMilk solids: 14% minimum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003eMay also contain \u003cstrong\u003eNuts\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Catalonia, Spain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real sardines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDefinitely not. They're smooth milk chocolate cleverly shaped and wrapped to look like sardines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do Chocolate Sardines taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey're made from smooth, creamy milk chocolate with gentle vanilla notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they individually wrapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The chocolate sardines are individually wrapped in sardine-style foil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould they make a good stocking filler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely. They're small, fun and unexpected, making them particularly good for Christmas stockings, Secret Santa gifts and foodie presents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes the Chocolate Sardines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey're produced by Simón Coll, a family chocolatier founded in Catalonia in 1840.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Simón Coll\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded in 1840, Simón Coll is a family chocolatier based in Catalonia, Spain. With generations of chocolate-making experience behind it, the company combines traditional craftsmanship with playful ideas and beautifully presented chocolate - including these wonderfully unexpected little sardines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Brindisa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924759204182,"sku":null,"price":2.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Chocolate-sardines-pack-peak-pantry.webp?v=1786190921"},{"product_id":"lamiri-harissa","title":"Traditional Tunisian Harissa | Lamiri","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks looking to add smoky heat and serious flavour to quick, easy meals, Lamiri Harissa is a traditional Tunisian chilli paste made using a family recipe passed down through generations. Imported directly from La Marsa, Tunisia, it’s a brilliant pantry shortcut for sauces, marinades, stews and simple midweek dinners.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with Baklouti chilli peppers sourced from local farmers and traditionally dried in wood-burning ovens, the harissa has a distinctive rich, smoky character. Extra virgin olive oil, garlic and tabil - a Tunisian blend of coriander and caraway - add warm, earthy depth without overwhelming the flavour of your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStir a spoonful into tomato sauce, soups or couscous, spread it over flatbreads or mix with yoghurt, lemon and garlic for an instant marinade. It’s particularly good with lamb, chicken, roasted vegetables and fish - one jar, plenty of ways to rescue dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Traditional Lamiri family recipe\u003cbr\u003e• Made with smoky Baklouti chilli peppers\u003cbr\u003e• Flavoured with traditional Tunisian tabil spices\u003cbr\u003e• Imported directly from La Marsa, Tunisia\u003cbr\u003e• An easy flavour boost for marinades, sauces and stews\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Stir into tomato sauces, soups and stews\u003cbr\u003e• Mix with yoghurt, lemon and garlic for a quick marinade\u003cbr\u003e• Spoon through couscous or grains\u003cbr\u003e• Spread onto flatbreads before adding toppings\u003cbr\u003e• Serve with lamb, chicken, fish or roasted vegetables\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more bold flavours and pantry heroes that make everyday cooking easier, explore our\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmoked Dried Baklouti Peppers (57%), Extra Virgin Olive Oil, Salt, Garlic, Tabil Spice Mix (Coriander and Caraway).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using a traditional Tunisian family recipe.\u003cbr\u003eImported directly from La Marsa, Tunisia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, refrigerate and consume within three weeks. Top up with a little olive oil after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is harissa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarissa is a North African chilli paste traditionally made with dried chillies, spices and oil. It’s particularly associated with Tunisian cooking and is used to add heat and depth to a huge variety of dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is Lamiri Harissa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt brings a warming chilli heat, but its flavour is about much more than spice. The traditionally dried Baklouti peppers give it a rich smokiness, balanced by garlic, coriander and caraway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I make with harissa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStir it into soups, stews and tomato sauces, add it to couscous, use it as a marinade or simply spoon it alongside grilled meats and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I make a quick harissa marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMix a spoonful of harissa with yoghurt, lemon juice and crushed garlic. It works particularly well with chicken thighs, lamb and firm fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to cook harissa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It can be used straight from the jar as a condiment or dip as well as cooked into sauces, stews and marinades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Lamiri\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooted in the heart of Tunis, Lamiri is a family-run producer on a mission to celebrate Tunisia's rich food culture and bring people together through flavour. Their traditional harissa recipe has been passed down through generations of the Lamiri family and is produced in Tunisia using ingredients sourced directly from local farmers. By starting with the country's much-loved national condiment, Lamiri is bringing authentic Tunisian flavour straight from La Marsa to kitchens further afield\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-3 w-full empty:hidden has-[\u0026gt;_:empty]:hidden\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lamiri","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924786139478,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/lamiri-harissa-peak-pantry.webp?v=1786191683"},{"product_id":"stemmed-sundae-cup-250ml","title":"Stemmed Stainless Steel Sundae Cup","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor home cooks and hosts looking to make desserts feel a little more special, this Stemmed Stainless Steel Sundae Cup brings a touch of retro ice-cream parlour charm to the table. With its polished silver finish, wide coupe bowl and elegant stem, it turns even a simple scoop of ice cream into something worth serving.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from strong, durable stainless steel, the generous 250ml bowl gives you plenty of room for sundaes, gelato, sorbet and layered desserts - including all the toppings. Better still, it’s dishwasher-safe, so despite looking rather fancy, it’s designed for easy everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePile it high with ice cream and sauces, use it for fruit and yoghurt or bring it out for nuts, olives and snacks when friends come over. Mix it with the smaller 165ml sundae cups and a stainless steel serving tray for an easy, slightly nostalgic table setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Retro-inspired stemmed coupe design\u003cbr\u003e• Polished stainless steel finish\u003cbr\u003e• Generous 250ml capacity\u003cbr\u003e• Strong and durable construction\u003cbr\u003e• Dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Build proper ice cream sundaes with all the toppings\u003cbr\u003e• Serve gelato, sorbet or frozen desserts\u003cbr\u003e• Fill with fruit, yoghurt and granola\u003cbr\u003e• Use for olives, nuts and happy-hour snacks\u003cbr\u003e• Serve individual desserts when friends come over\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a fun, retro-inspired table setting, pair it with our \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/sundae-cup-165ml?utm_source=chatgpt.com\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSundae Cup 165ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e or style a few on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/oval-serving-tray-200mm\"\u003eStainless Steel Oval Serving Tray\u003c\/a\u003e for desserts, snacks and easy entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more practical but good-looking pieces for everyday meals and hosting, explore our \u003cstrong\u003eHome \u0026amp; Table collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity: 250ml \/ 8¾oz\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 100(H) × 100(Ø)mm\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eColour: Silver\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 187g\u003cbr\u003eDesign: Wide coupe bowl with stem\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Polished stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eDishwasher-safe: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDishwasher-safe for easy cleaning. Dry thoroughly before storing to help maintain the polished finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the stemmed sundae cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds 250ml and measures approximately 100mm high × 100mm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt’s ideal for ice cream sundaes, gelato, sorbet and layered desserts, but also works brilliantly for fruit, yoghurt and savoury snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between the 165ml and 250ml sundae cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 250ml version has a larger coupe-style bowl and elegant stem, giving you more room for elaborate sundaes and desserts. The 165ml cup is smaller and better suited to a couple of scoops or individual snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher-safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel sundae cup is dishwasher-safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sold individually?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each 250ml stemmed sundae cup is sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924787745110,"sku":null,"price":8.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/coupe-250ml-peak-pantry.png?v=1786191779"},{"product_id":"sundae-cup-165ml","title":"Stainless Steel Sundae Cup","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor home cooks and hosts looking to bring a little old-school charm to desserts and snacks, this Stainless Steel Sundae Cup makes even a couple of scoops of ice cream feel like a proper treat. With its polished silver finish and classic rounded shape, it’s a simple piece of serveware you’ll reach for far beyond sundae night.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable stainless steel, the 165ml cup is lightweight, easy to clean and designed with a smooth rounded shape that makes getting every last spoonful particularly satisfying. The polished finish gives it that nostalgic ice-cream-parlour feel while still looking right at home on a modern table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFill it with ice cream or sorbet, use it for fruit and yoghurt, or bring it out at happy hour for olives, nuts and little snacks. Pair a few together with a stainless steel serving tray and you’ve got an easy way to make everyday entertaining feel a bit more fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Classic retro ice-cream parlour style\u003cbr\u003e• Polished stainless steel finish\u003cbr\u003e• Perfect size for a couple of scoops of ice cream\u003cbr\u003e• Durable and easy to clean\u003cbr\u003e• Just as useful for snacks, olives and nibbles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Serve ice cream, gelato or sorbet\u003cbr\u003e• Fill with fruit, yoghurt or little desserts\u003cbr\u003e• Use for olives, nuts and pre-dinner snacks\u003cbr\u003e• Serve dips and small accompaniments\u003cbr\u003e• Bring out a few for easy happy-hour nibbles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a fun, retro-inspired table setting, pair it with our \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stemmed-sundae-cup-250ml?utm_source=chatgpt.com\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eStemmed Sundae Cup 250ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e or add a few to our\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/oval-serving-tray-200mm\"\u003eStainless Steel Oval Serving Tray\u003c\/a\u003e for desserts, snacks and easy entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more practical but good-looking pieces for everyday meals and hosting, explore our \u003cstrong\u003eHome \u0026amp; Table collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity: 165ml \/ 5¾oz\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 60(H) × 89(Ø)mm\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eColour: Silver\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 80g\u003cbr\u003eShape: Rounded\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Polished stainless steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy to clean after use. Wash thoroughly and dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the sundae cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds 165ml and measures approximately 60mm high × 89mm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much ice cream will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 165ml capacity is ideal for around two scoops of ice cream, gelato or sorbet, depending on scoop size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for anything other than ice cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Try it for fruit, yoghurt, olives, nuts, dips and other small snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the sundae cup made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt’s made from durable stainless steel with a polished silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sold individually?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each 165ml sundae cup is sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924791677270,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/olympia-sundae-cup-165ml-peak-pantry.png?v=1786870609"},{"product_id":"oval-serving-tray-200mm","title":"Stainless Steel Oval Serving Tray","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor home cooks and hosts looking for serveware that's as practical as it is stylish, this Stainless Steel Oval Serving Tray is an easy way to make even the simplest snacks, drinks and appetisers look a little more considered. With its polished silver finish and classic oval shape, it’s perfect for everything from cocktails and canapés to olives and little pre-dinner nibbles.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable stainless steel, the tray has a wide raised rim to help keep food, glasses and serving pieces safely in place. Lightweight enough to carry easily yet sturdy enough for regular use, it’s also stackable and dishwasher-safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it for drinks at happy hour, pile it with snacks when friends come over or use it alongside retro-style sundae cups for desserts and sharing treats. It’s an easy way to make everyday serving feel a little more special without saving the good stuff for best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Classic polished stainless steel finish\u003cbr\u003e• Wide raised rim helps keep food and drinks in place\u003cbr\u003e• Lightweight and easy to carry\u003cbr\u003e• Dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning\u003cbr\u003e• Stackable for space-saving storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Serve cocktails, wine and aperitifs\u003cbr\u003e• Load with olives, nuts and pre-dinner snacks\u003cbr\u003e• Use for canapés and small bites\u003cbr\u003e• Serve desserts, ice creams and after-dinner treats\u003cbr\u003e• Style with glasses, napkins and barware for happy hour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a fun, retro-inspired table setting, pair it with our \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stemmed-sundae-cup-250ml?utm_source=chatgpt.com\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eStemmed Sundae Cup 250ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e or \u003cspan class=\"contents\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/sundae-cup-165ml?utm_source=chatgpt.com\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSundae Cup 165ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e - perfect for desserts, snacks and easy entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more practical but good-looking pieces for everyday meals and hosting, explore our \u003cstrong\u003eHome \u0026amp; Table collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eColour: Silver\u003cbr\u003eShape: Oval\u003cbr\u003eLength: 200mm \/ 20cm\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Polished stainless steel\u003cbr\u003eRaised rim: Yes\u003cbr\u003eDishwasher-safe: Yes\u003cbr\u003eStackable: Yes\u003cbr\u003eSold individually\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDishwasher-safe for easy cleaning. Dry thoroughly before storing to help maintain the polished finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the serving tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray measures 200mm (20cm) in length, making it a compact serving piece for drinks, snacks, appetisers and desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse it for cocktails, glasses, olives, nuts, canapés, desserts and other small bites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher-safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel tray is dishwasher-safe for easy everyday cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a raised edge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The wide raised rim helps stop food, glasses and other items from sliding off while carrying or serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for entertaining?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Its polished silver finish works particularly well for cocktails, grazing spreads and retro-inspired table settings while still being practical enough for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924792889686,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/olympia-oval-serving-tray-peak-pantry.png?v=1786870698"},{"product_id":"nutty-belly-gal-trip-to-chinatown-sichuan-chili-oil-peanut-butter","title":"Sichuan Chili Oil Peanut Butter","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor busy cooks and peanut butter lovers looking to add bold flavour to quick, easy meals, Nutty Belly Gal Trip to Chinatown combines freshly roasted peanut butter with house-made crispy Sichuan chilli oil. Toasted Chinese spices, tingling Sichuan peppercorn and a hint of sweetness make this a seriously versatile pantry staple.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches with 85% hi-oleic peanuts, chilli flakes, sesame seeds and organic agave, it has a medium heat and slight crunch. It’s vegan, palm oil free and contains no refined sugar, proving peanut butter can go well beyond breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix it through noodles, spoon into dipping sauces, use as a marinade or spread it into a grilled cheese sandwich. It pairs brilliantly with dumplings, cucumbers, noodles and aged cheddar — an easy shortcut when dinner needs a little more personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Peanut butter blended with house-made crispy Sichuan chilli oil\u003cbr\u003e• Toasted spices with a subtle Sichuan peppercorn tingle\u003cbr\u003e• 85% hi-oleic peanuts\u003cbr\u003e• Vegan, palm oil free and no refined sugar\u003cbr\u003e• Small-batch peanut butter packed with bold flavour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Stir through hot noodles for a quick sauce\u003cbr\u003e• Mix into dipping sauces for dumplings\u003cbr\u003e• Use as a marinade or dressing base\u003cbr\u003e• Spread inside a grilled cheese sandwich\u003cbr\u003e• Pair with crunchy cucumber for an easy snack or side\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more bold flavours and pantry heroes that make everyday cooking easier, explore our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/asian-pantry\"\u003eAsian Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e collection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHi-oleic \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e (85%), Sunflower Oil, Chilli Flakes, Organic Agave, Sea Salt, \u003cstrong\u003eSesame Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains Peanuts and Sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease always check the product packaging before consuming, as ingredients and allergen information may occasionally change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans.\u003cbr\u003ePalm oil free.\u003cbr\u003eNo refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical values per 100g:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 2384.3kJ \/ 574.6kcal\u003cbr\u003eFat: 50.1g\u003cbr\u003eof which saturates: 3.4g\u003cbr\u003eCarbohydrates: 16.6g\u003cbr\u003eof which sugars: 4.8g\u003cbr\u003eProtein: 24.1g\u003cbr\u003eSalt: 1.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApprox. 275g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cupboard or refrigerator.\u003cbr\u003eFor best before date, see base of jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Trip to Chinatown spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a medium heat, with chilli and a subtle tingling sensation from Sichuan peppercorn rather than overwhelming spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRich roasted peanuts meet crispy Sichuan chilli oil, toasted Chinese spices and a touch of sweetness for a savoury, nutty and gently spicy flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTry it with noodles, dumplings, cucumbers, grilled cheese sandwiches, dipping sauces and savoury snack boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a noodle sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Stir it through warm noodles, loosening with a splash of noodle water if needed, for an incredibly quick meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Trip to Chinatown is vegan, palm oil free and made without refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Nutty Belly Gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutty Belly Gal is on a mission to bring some fun to plain, beige peanut butter. Freshly toasted hi-oleic peanuts are churned in small batches with premium natural ingredients to create bold, indulgent flavours without unnecessary extras. Vegan, refined sugar free and palm oil free, these are peanut butters designed to be spread, stirred, drizzled and eaten boldly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924795904342,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-chilli-oil-peanut-butter.webp?v=1786192101"},{"product_id":"mini-grow-your-own-chillies-kit","title":"Mini Grow Your Own Jalapeno Chillies Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFor home cooks, chilli lovers and budding gardeners looking to grow a little flavour of their own, this Eco Mini Jalapeño Chilli Grow Kit contains the essentials you need to start growing hot and spicy chillies at home. Compact, beginner-friendly and plastic-free, it also makes a brilliant little gift for food lovers and green-fingered friends.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside you’ll find Jalapeño chilli seeds, coir soil discs, wooden plant markers and an easy-to-follow sowing guide. There are enough seeds to grow across several pots, sow in the garden or transfer into your favourite planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow them on a windowsill, add them to a kitchen garden or give the kit as a stocking filler, Secret Santa or host gift. Once they're ready to harvest, use your home-grown Jalapeños to bring fresh heat to tacos, salsas, chilli, nachos and homemade pickles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Grow your own Jalapeño chillies at home\u003cbr\u003e• Beginner-friendly with step-by-step instructions\u003cbr\u003e• Includes seeds, coir soil discs and wooden plant markers\u003cbr\u003e• Plastic-free and recyclable packaging\u003cbr\u003e• Made in the United Kingdom\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Grow Jalapeños for homemade salsa and guacamole\u003cbr\u003e• Slice fresh chillies over tacos, nachos and chilli\u003cbr\u003e• Pickle your home-grown Jalapeños\u003cbr\u003e• Grow on a sunny windowsill or in the garden\u003cbr\u003e• Give as a foodie stocking filler or Secret Santa gift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more little gifts and pantry-inspired finds for food lovers, explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/little-luxuries\"\u003eGifts collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s in the Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Packet of Jalapeño chilli seeds\u003cbr\u003e• Step-by-step beginner's sowing guide\u003cbr\u003e• Wooden plant markers and coir soil discs\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMade in: United Kingdom\u003cbr\u003eLanguage: English\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 50g\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 7.5 × 9.5cm\u003cbr\u003ePackaging: Plastic-free and recyclable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of chillies does the kit grow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe kit contains seeds for Jalapeño chillies, perfect for adding fresh heat to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The kit includes simple step-by-step sowing instructions, making it suitable for first-time growers as well as keen gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I grow the chillies indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can start your chilli plants indoors in a warm, sunny spot before moving them outside when conditions are suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plants can I grow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packet contains enough seeds to sow across several pots or plant out in the garden. Germination and final plant numbers can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould this make a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It’s a fun little gift for chilli lovers, home cooks and gardeners, and works particularly well as a stocking filler or Secret Santa present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEco-Friendly Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlastic-free packaging.\u003cbr\u003eRecyclable after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout The Plant Gift Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounded by two mums who were tired of plastic gifts and disappointing grow kits, The Plant Gift Co creates fun, thoughtful plant gifts designed to make growing your own genuinely enjoyable. Sustainability sits at the heart of the range, with every product designed to be either plantable, recyclable or fully biodegradable. Their clever grow kits make brilliant gifts for seasoned gardeners and complete beginners alike.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Plant Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924817891670,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/mini-grow-chillies-kit-peak-pantry.webp?v=1786192178"},{"product_id":"long-match-tin-navy-red-tinit","title":"Long Match Tin – Navy \u0026 Red | TINIT","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor home cooks, hosts, campers and candle lovers looking to make even the practical things a little more beautiful, the TINIT Matchus Longus Match Tin in Navy \u0026amp; Red turns everyday match storage into something worth keeping on display. Playful, practical and beautifully designed, it’s perfect beside a favourite candle, fireplace or wood-burning stove, or packed for camping trips and outdoor adventures.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeaturing oversized matchstick artwork in a striking navy and red colourway that wraps from the lid, down the sides and underneath the tin, the Matchus Longus combines a matte background with glossy detailing and metallic gold touches. Open it up and there’s a luxurious gold interior, plus a discreet built-in striker to keep your matches neatly stored and ready to use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep it on the mantelpiece, style it alongside candles, pack it with your camping kit or add it to a host gift for a thoughtful finishing touch. It’s one of those small, practical details that makes everyday rituals feel a little more special.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Striking navy and red matchstick design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Luxurious metallic gold interior\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Built-in match striker inside the lid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Holds matches up to 100mm long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Made in the United Kingdom\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Keep beside candles, fireplaces and wood-burning stoves\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Pack in your camping or outdoor cooking kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Keep handy for fire pits and outdoor entertaining\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Pair with a candle for an easy host or housewarming gift\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Add to a gift box as a practical but beautifully designed extra\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more thoughtful finds for cooking, hosting, gifting and outdoor adventures, explore our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com%20%E2%80%BA%20collections%20%E2%80%BA%20home-table\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Table collection.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColour: Navy \u0026amp; Red\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions: 107 × 70 × 30mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight: 80g\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapacity: Holds matches up to 100mm long\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFinish: Glossy design on a matte background with metallic gold detailing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInterior: Gold finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt-in striker: Yes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease Note\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMatches are not included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade In\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnited Kingdom.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ's\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAre matches included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. This listing is for the Matchus Longus tin only. Matches are not included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat size matches will fit inside?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe tin is designed to hold matches up to 100mm long.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes the tin have a match striker?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. There is a discreet built-in match striker inside the lid.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan I take it camping?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. Its compact size makes it a handy way to keep matches together in your camping or outdoor cooking kit. Always store matches appropriately and protect them from moisture.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat can I use it for at home?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep it beside candles, fireplaces, wood-burning stoves or anywhere you want matches stored neatly and within easy reach.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWould it make a good gift?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. Pair it with a candle for an easy host or housewarming gift, or add it to a camping or outdoor-themed gift box.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAbout TINIT\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTINIT creates beautifully designed tins that turn practical everyday storage into something worth displaying. Combining playful artwork, thoughtful details and quality finishes, its designs bring personality to the small objects we use around the home.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54924819071318,"sku":null,"price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/long-matches-case-peak-pantry.webp?v=1786192257"},{"product_id":"sweet-orange-milk-chocolate-upup","title":"UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate Bar","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor chocolate lovers who love the classic combination of chocolate and orange, UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate combines smooth 35% milk chocolate with natural orange oil for a bright citrus twist.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade in Scotland using fine-flavour cacao from El Rosario, a single estate in the Necoclí region of Colombia, this 120g chocolate bar balances creamy milk chocolate with fresh orange flavour. UP-UP focuses on a transparent cocoa supply chain, with ethically and sustainably sourced cacao and independently certified slave-free chocolate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfect with an afternoon coffee, served after dinner, broken up for a grazing board or tucked into a food gift for someone who'll always choose chocolate orange.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth 35% milk chocolate with natural orange oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic creamy chocolate and citrus combination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with single-estate Colombian cacao\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependently certified slave-free and ethically sourced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePalm oil free, gluten free and nut free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreak off a few squares with coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe after dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a sweet grazing board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into chunks and scatter over vanilla ice cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePop into a stocking or give as an easy host gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to a larger food gift box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIngredients\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSugar, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003emilk powder\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e (26%), cocoa butter, cocoa mass, emulsifier: sunflower lecithin, orange oil (\u0026lt;1%), vanilla extract.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCocoa solids: 35% minimum.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAllergens: Contains \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003emilk\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVegetarian. Palm oil free. Nut free. Gluten free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e120g. Store at a consistent temperature below 21°C, ideally between 18–20°C, with humidity below 55%. Keep away from direct sunlight and strong odours.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat does UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate taste like?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Smooth and creamy 35% milk chocolate is combined with natural orange oil for a classic chocolate-orange flavour with a fresh citrus finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhere is UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate made?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e It is made in Scotland using cacao grown at El Rosario, a single estate in the Necoclí region of Colombia.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs UP-UP chocolate ethically sourced?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e UP-UP uses cacao sourced from a single Colombian estate, creating a transparent and traceable supply chain. Its chocolate is also independently certified slave-free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate gluten free?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Yes. The supplier lists it as gluten free, nut free and palm oil free, as well as suitable for vegetarians.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes UP-UP Orange Milk Chocolate contain dairy?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Yes. It contains milk powder, so despite the contradictory dairy-free claim in the supplier information, this product should be treated as containing dairy.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDiscover more chocolate, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com%20%E2%80%BA%20collections%20%E2%80%BA%20sweet-pantry-treats\"\u003esweet treats\u003c\/a\u003e and independent food gifts from Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAbout UP-UP\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUP-UP makes premium chocolate with a focus on transparency, ethical sourcing and a more responsible cocoa supply chain. Its cacao comes from a single estate in Colombia, allowing the journey from cocoa farm to finished chocolate to be traced more clearly. UP-UP chocolate is independently certified slave-free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct information, ingredients and allergen information can change. Always check the packaging before consumption if you have an allergy or dietary requirement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54960412819798,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/upuporange-peak-pantry.webp?v=1786865958"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/collections\/DSW-WEE-TINNED-FISH-SUPPER-PT-XMAS.jpg?v=1792158267","url":"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/foodie-gifts-under-20.oembed","provider":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","version":"1.0","type":"link"}